Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File Number 001-34685

 

 

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware    20-3779274

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2400 E. Commercial Blvd., Suite 905

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

   33308
(Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (954) 202-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨    Accelerated filer  x    Non-accelerated filer  ¨    Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2011, was approximately $170,252,000. As of March 14, 2012, 37,058,507 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

None

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I   

Item 1.

  

Business

     4   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     16   

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     23   

Item 2.

  

Properties

     24   

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     25   

Item 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     25   
Part II   

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     26   

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     29   

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     30   

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     50   

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     52   
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     52   
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     53   
  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     54   
  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income

     55   
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     56   
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     57   

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     89   

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     89   

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

  
Part III   

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     91   

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     96   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     107   

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     109   

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     111   
Part IV   

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     113   

Signatures

     119   

Index of Exhibits

     120   

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements reflecting assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events that are intended as “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, other than statements of historical fact, that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These statements appear in a number of places, including Item 1. “Business,” Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These statements represent our reasonable judgment on the future based on various factors and using numerous assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results and financial position to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “may,” “should,” “plan,” “project” and other words of similar meaning. In particular, these include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the following:

 

   

our projected operating or financial results, including anticipated cash flows from operations and asset sale proceeds for 2012;

 

   

our expectations regarding capital expenditures, interest expense and other payments;

 

   

our beliefs and assumptions relating to our liquidity position, including our ability to adapt to changing market conditions; and

 

   

our ability to compete effectively for market share with industry participants.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors including, among others:

 

   

supply, demand, prices and other market conditions for steel and other commodities;

 

   

the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices;

 

   

the effects of competition in our business lines;

 

   

the condition of the steel and metal markets generally, which will be affected by interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations and general economic conditions;

 

   

the ability of our counterparties to satisfy their financial commitments;

 

   

tariffs and other government regulations relating to our products and services;

 

   

adverse developments in our relationship with both our key employees and unionized employees;

 

   

operational factors affecting the ongoing commercial operations of our facilities, including catastrophic weather-related damage, regulatory approvals, permit issues, unscheduled blackouts, outages or repairs, unanticipated changes

   

in fuel costs or availability of fuel emission credits or workforce issues;

 

   

our ability to operate our businesses efficiently, manage capital expenditures and costs (including general and administrative expenses) and generate earnings and cash flow;

 

   

restrictive covenants in our indebtedness that may adversely affect our operational flexibility;

 

   

general political conditions and developments in the United States and in foreign countries whose affairs affect supply, demand and markets for steel, metals and metal products;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees; and

 

   

our expectations with respect to our acquisition activity.

 

2


Table of Contents

In addition, there may be other factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from the results referenced in the forward-looking statements, some of which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, including in Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Many of these factors will be important in determining our actual future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Our actual future results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Metals USA Holdings Corp. is a corporation formed under the laws of the state of Delaware (“Metals USA Holdings”). Metals USA Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation (“Flag Intermediate”) and Metals USA, Inc. (“Metals USA”) are referred to collectively herein as the “Company.”

As one of the largest metal service center businesses in the United States, we believe that we are a leading provider of value-added processed carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, red metals, manufactured metal components and inventory management services. We believe that we serve an important function as an intermediary between primary metal producers that generally sell large volumes in limited sizes and configurations and end-users that generally require more services and smaller quantities of customized products. Operating 46 facilities comprising approximately 5.9 million square feet of industrial space, our metal service center business sold more than 1,396 thousand tons of metal products in 2011. We sell our products and services to a diverse customer base and broad range of end-user markets, including the aerospace, automotive industry manufacturing, defense, heavy equipment, marine transportation, commercial construction, office furniture manufacturing, and energy and oilfield services industries, among several others, throughout the United States. We strive to earn a margin over the cost of metal. Management’s strategy, manifested through organic growth initiatives and our acquisitions of metal service center businesses, focuses on maximizing the margin we earn over the cost of metal by offering additional value-added processing services and diversifying our product mix. We believe our growth and acquisition strategy, in combination with management’s demonstrated ability to manage metal purchasing and inventories to consistently meet our customers’ high expectations for service and reliability, serves as a foundation for future revenue growth and stable operating profit per ton through the economic cycle.

We operate in three reportable business segments: Plates and Shapes Group, Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group, and Building Products Group. Our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups perform customized, value-added processing services to unimproved steel and other metals required to meet specifications provided by our customers in addition to offering inventory management and just-in-time delivery services, among others. These services enable our customers to reduce material costs, decrease capital required for raw materials inventory and processing equipment, and save time, labor, warehouse space and other expenses. The customers of our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups are in the aerospace, automotive industry manufacturing, defense, heavy equipment, marine transportation, commercial construction, office furniture manufacturing, and energy and oilfield services industries. Our Building Products Group manufactures finished building products for distributors and contractors engaged in the residential remodeling industry.

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings completed its initial public offering of 11,426,315 shares of its common stock at $21.00 per share (the “IPO”), as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-150999). As a result of the IPO, the percentage of the Company’s outstanding capital stock held by non-affiliates as of December 31, 2011 is approximately 31%. Investment funds associated with Apollo Management V L.P. (“Apollo Management” and together with its affiliated investment entities, “Apollo” or “Apollo V”) own approximately 64% of the capital stock of Metals USA Holdings, with the remainder held by members of our management.

On May 18, 2005, Metals USA Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary, Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Flag Acquisition”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Metals USA. On November 30, 2005, Flag Acquisition, then a wholly owned subsidiary of Flag Intermediate, merged with and into Metals USA (the “Merger”), with Metals USA being the surviving corporation. Flag Intermediate and Flag Acquisition conducted no operations during the period from May 9, 2005

 

4


Table of Contents

(date of inception) to November 30, 2005. As a result of the Merger, all of Metals USA’s issued and outstanding common stock is held indirectly by Metals USA Holdings through Flag Intermediate, its wholly owned subsidiary. Metals USA Holdings was formed by Apollo.

Metals USA Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flag Intermediate and Metals USA, are also referred to collectively herein as the “Successor Company” and Metals USA prior to the Merger is referred to as the “Predecessor Company.”

Growth Through Acquisitions

Strategic acquisitions of metal service center businesses that complement our overall product and service base are an important element to our growth strategy. The following acquisitions occurred over the last six years.

In May 2006, we bought Port City Metal Services (“Port City”) in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Port City increased our plate processing capabilities to customers serving the oil field, construction equipment and refining industries.

In June 2007, we acquired Lynch Metals, Inc. (“Lynch Metals”) with locations in Union, New Jersey and Anaheim, California. Lynch Metals provides value-added, specialized aluminum products to customers who are predominantly manufacturers of air/heat transfer products specifically focused on aerospace equipment, industrial and automotive applications.

In February 2009, we acquired VR Laser Services USA, Inc., which we subsequently renamed Philadelphia Plate (“Philadelphia Plate”), which further expanded our existing processing capabilities in the northeast region of the United States focused primarily on the marine and defense industries.

In June 2010, we acquired J. Rubin & Co. (“J. Rubin”), a metal service center business that operates in Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota with a broad mix of products and processing services that are provided to a diverse range of customer end markets.

In December 2010, we completed the acquisition of Ohio River Metal Services (“ORMS”), located in Jeffersonville, Indiana. ORMS operates a flat rolled metal service center that provides metal products and processing services to customers throughout the Ohio Valley.

In March 2011, we completed the acquisition of The Richardson Trident Company (“Trident”). Trident is a general line metal service center with fabricating capabilities designed to service the oil and gas industry, and is also a wholesale distributor of metals, plastics and electronic parts. The Company operates under The Trident Company and The Altair Company trade names. Trident’s principal facility is in Richardson, Texas with branch locations in Houston, Austin, El Paso, Harlingen and Odessa, Texas; Tulsa, Oklahoma; Olathe, Kansas; Los Angeles, California; Boston, Massachusetts and Thomasville, Georgia.

Trident provides a broad range of metals and processing services with a product mix that emphasizes aluminum, stainless steel and nickel. The majority of Trident’s customer base operates in the oil and gas services sector. Processing services include precision sawing, boring, honing, slitting, sheeting, shearing and tuning. Trident also offers supply chain solutions such as just-in-time delivery and value-added components required by original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).

Products and Services, Markets and Industry Information

The Company’s businesses are managed on a decentralized basis operating in business segments based on product groups. We believe this product-oriented organizational structure facilitates the efficient advancement of our goals and objectives to achieve operational synergies and focused capital investment. Operational activities and policies are managed by corporate officers and key product group executives who, on average, have over 29 years of experience and are supported by finance, purchasing and sales and marketing staff. For additional

 

5


Table of Contents

industry segment information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment,” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included elsewhere in this report.

Metal Processing/Metal Service Center Businesses: Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups

Industry Overview. Companies operating in the metals industry can generally be characterized as primary metal producers, metal processors/metal service centers or end-users. Our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups are metals processors/metal service centers. As such, we purchase carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper and other metals from producing mills and then sell our metal processing services and the metal to our customers, who are generally end-users. We believe that both primary metal producers and end-users increasingly seek to have their metal processing and inventory management requirements met by value-added oriented metal processors/metal service centers like us.

Metal service centers function as key intermediaries between the primary metals producers that produce and sell larger volumes of metals in a limited number of sizes and configurations and end-users, such as fabricators, contractors and OEMs that require smaller quantities of more customized products delivered on a just-in-time basis. End-users incorporate processed metals into finished products, in some cases with little further modification.

In our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups, we engage in pre-production processing of carbon steel, stainless steel, red metals and aluminum. We purchase metals from primary producers, maintain an inventory of various metals to allow rapid fulfillment of customer orders and perform customized processing services to the specifications provided by end-users. By providing these services, as well as offering inventory management and just-in-time delivery services, we enable our customers to reduce overall production costs and decrease capital required for raw materials inventory and metals processing equipment. The Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups contributed approximately 95% of our 2011 net sales.

Metal service centers and processors purchase approximately 35% of all the metals used in the U.S. and Canada and play an important intermediary role between the production mills and the end-users. Over the last several years primary metal producers have consolidated and focused on optimizing the throughput and operating efficiencies of their production facilities. We believe this consolidation among primary steel and aluminum producers over the last several years has expanded the demand for metal distribution and service centers, and in particular those service centers capable of providing additional value-added metal processing and inventory management services. Over 300,000 end-users nationwide rely on metal service centers for their primary supply of metal products and services. End-users generally buy metal products and services from metal service centers on a margin over the cost of the metal. When customers require additional processing or inventory management services, value-added metal service centers such as ours earn an additional premium margin over the cost of metal.

By outsourcing their customized metal processing and inventory management needs, end-users have the potential to realize significant economic benefits by shifting the responsibility for pre-production processing to metal service centers and leveraging service centers’ just-in-time delivery and other inventory management services. These supply-chain services, which are not normally provided by primary metals producers, enable end-users to reduce input, labor and other production costs, shorten lead times, and decrease required investments in working capital, manufacturing and warehouse facilities.

We believe that long-term growth opportunities for metal service centers will continue to expand as both primary metal producers and end-users increasingly seek to have their metal processing and inventory management requirements met by value-added metal service centers. Although the service center industry remains fragmented with approximately 1,200 companies competing in North America, we believe larger service

 

6


Table of Contents

center businesses with greater scale and financial flexibility, like ours, enjoy significant advantages over smaller companies such as the ability to obtain higher discounts associated with volume purchases, the breadth of products and value-added services to meet the diverse needs of key end-use markets, and the more sophisticated logistics capabilities necessary to serve national accounts.

Plates and Shapes Group. The Plates and Shapes Group processes and sells steel plates and structural beams, bars, angles and tubes. We believe we are one of the largest distributors of steel plates and structural beams in the United States. In 2011, we sold approximately 596 thousand tons of products through 19 metal service centers located primarily in the southern and eastern regions of the United States. Our metal service centers are generally equipped to provide additional value-added processing, and a substantial portion of our volume is processed prior to being delivered to the end-user. These processing services include burning, blasting and painting (the process of cleaning steel plate by shot-blasting, then immediately applying a paint or primer), tee-splitting (the cutting of metal beams along the length to form separate pieces), cambering (the bending of structural shapes to improve load-bearing capabilities), leveling (the flattening of metals to uniform tolerances for proper machining), cutting, sawing, punching, drilling, beveling, surface grinding, braking (bending), shearing and cutting-to-length (the cutting of metals into pieces and along the width of a coil to create sheets or plates). We sell our products to a diversified customer base, including a large number of small customers who purchase products in small order sizes. We believe our disciplined management and hands-on service, backed by our national network of metal service centers, enables us to effectively meet our customers’ varied product and inventory management needs.

We generally earn additional margin from our customers by providing services such as product marking, item sequencing, just-in-time delivery and kitting. The customers who require these products and services are primarily in the fabrication, public and private non-residential construction, machinery and equipment, land and marine transportation, and energy industries. Because our metal service centers are generally located in close proximity to our metal suppliers and our customers, we are able to meet our customers’ product and service needs reliably and consistently. Over the last six years, we added two businesses to our Plates and Shapes portfolio through acquisitions. In May 2006, we completed the acquisition of Port City, which bolstered our presence in the construction and oil-field services sectors. In February 2009, we acquired Philadelphia Plate, which has expanded our presence in the northeast region of the United States and augmented our presence in the marine and defense sectors.

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group. The Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group processes and sells flat rolled carbon and stainless steel, aluminum, brass and copper in a number of alloy grades and sizes through 27 metal service centers located primarily in the mid-western and southern regions of the United States. We sold approximately 812 thousand tons of these products in 2011, with our revenues split approximately 60% and 40% between ferrous products and non-ferrous products, respectively. Substantially all of the products from this group that are sold undergo value-added processing prior to shipment to our customers. These processing services include precision blanking (the process in which metal is cut into precise two-dimensional shapes), slitting (the cutting of coiled metals to specified widths along the length of the coil), shearing and cutting-to-length, punching and leveling.

We sell our products and services to customers in the electrical and appliance manufacturing, fabrication, furniture, machinery and equipment, transportation and aerospace industries. Many of our large customers purchase through pricing arrangements or contractual agreements that specify the margin over the cost of metal and we generally earn additional margin from these customers by providing services such as product marking and labeling, just-in-time delivery and kitting. We are able to provide these services reliably because our metal service centers are generally located in close proximity to our metal suppliers and our customers. Over the last six years, we added four businesses to our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous portfolio through acquisitions. In July 2007, we acquired Lynch Metals, a metal service center business that provides specialized aluminum products primarily to the aerospace, industrial and automotive industries. In June 2010, we acquired J. Rubin, expanding the scope of our product lines, services and geographic footprint in the upper Midwest, in addition to allowing us

 

7


Table of Contents

to enhance our cross-selling opportunities in existing markets. In December 2010, we acquired ORMS, a metal service center with distinctive processing and service capabilities and a strategic location in an existing Midwest market. In March 2011, we acquired Trident, a wholesale distributor of metals, plastics and electronic parts with fabricating capabilities designed to service the oil and gas industry.

Product Mix. We provide a wide variety of metal products in different shapes and sizes to our customers. We actively manage our inventory levels and product mix in order to optimize the cost tradeoff between holding inventory and incurring a shortage situation. We strive to closely monitor our customer demand forecasts and coordinate our inventory levels and product mix with our customers’ production planning and scheduling. We also analyze macroeconomic data, end-use market data and historical usage to forecast the cyclical effect of inventory building and reduction in the industries we serve, adjusting our inventory levels and product mix accordingly. Our product mix also changes as a result of acquisitions. We believe the proactive management of our inventory levels and product mix, along with our expanding geographic footprint and diverse customer segments position us to maintain long-term profitability throughout the various stages of economic cycles. We believe that our focus on product mix enhancement helps us to mitigate the effects of uneven demand associated with specific regions and end-user industries.

Net sales by product line as a percent of total sales for our metal service center businesses for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were as follows:

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Carbon Flat Rolled Products

     34.7     35.1     31.5

Mini Mill Products

     10.5     11.2     10.9

Non-Ferrous Products

     24.4     21.9     20.0

Plate Products

     17.6     18.1     19.6

Structural Products

     12.8     13.7     18.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Value-Added Processing Services. Primary producers typically find it more cost effective to focus on large volume production and sale of metals in standard sizes and configurations to large volume purchasers. We process the metals to the precise length, width, shape and surface quality specified by our customers. Our value-added processes include:

 

   

Precision blanking—the process in which metal is cut into precise two-dimensional shapes.

 

   

Flame cutting—the cutting of metals to produce various shapes according to customer-supplied drawings.

 

   

Laser and plasma cutting—the cutting of metals to produce shapes under strict tolerance requirements.

 

   

Slitting—the cutting of coiled metals to specified widths along the length of the coil.

 

   

Blasting and painting—the process of cleaning steel plate by shot-blasting, then immediately applying a paint or primer.

 

   

Plate forming and rolling—the forming and bending of plates to cylindrical or required specifications.

 

   

Shearing and cutting to length—the cutting of metals into pieces and along the width of a coil to create sheets or plates.

 

   

Tee-splitting—the cutting of metal beams along the length to form separate pieces.

 

   

Cambering—the bending of structural shapes to improve load-bearing capabilities.

 

   

Sawing—the cutting to length of bars, tubular goods and beams.

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Leveling—the flattening of metals to uniform tolerances for proper machining.

 

   

Edge trimming—a process that removes a specified portion of the outside edges of coiled metal to produce uniform width and round or smooth edges.

 

   

Metallurgy—the analysis and testing of the physical and chemical composition of metals.

Our additional capabilities include applications engineering and other value-added processes such as custom machining. Using these capabilities, we use processed metals to manufacture higher-value components.

Once we receive an order, we select the appropriate inventory and schedule it for processing in accordance with the customer’s requirements and specified delivery date. Orders are monitored by our computer systems, including, in certain locations, the use of bar coding to aid in and reduce the cost of tracking material. We record the source of all metal shipped to customers. This enables us to identify the source of any metal which may later be shown to not meet industry standards or that fails during or after manufacture. This capability is important to our customers as it allows them to assign responsibility for non-conforming or defective metal to the mill that produced the metal. Many of the products and services we provide can be ordered and tracked through a web-based electronic network that directly connects our computer system to those of our customers.

We cooperate with our customers and tailor our deliveries to support their needs, which in many instances consist of short lead times, multiple daily deliveries, staged deliveries, or deliveries timed for immediate production. These “just-in-time” deliveries are defined by our customers and are generally intended to minimize their inventory investment and handling requirements.

While we ship products throughout the United States, most of our customers are located within a 250-mile radius of our facilities, thus enabling an efficient delivery system capable of handling a large number of short lead-time orders. We transport most of our products directly to our customers either with our own trucks for short-distance and/or multi-stop deliveries or through common or contract trucking companies.

We have quality control systems to ensure product quality and traceability throughout processing. Quality controls include periodic supplier audits, customer-approved quality standards, inspection criteria and metals source traceability. Twenty of our 46 metal service center facilities have International Standards for Organization, or “ISO,” certification.

Building Products Group

The Building Products Group manufactures and sells roofing and patio products. We generally sell these products through a network of independent distributors and home improvement contractors. Our roofing products business manufactures and sells a high performance roofing product consisting of a pressed and stone-coated steel panel that mimics the appearance of traditional shake and tile roofing. Our roofing product is well suited for all areas subject to threats of high winds, fires and hail storms. In May 2006, we acquired Duraloc Roofing Systems, Ltd., a Canadian-based company which we have re-branded as Allmet Roofing Products. This acquisition provided us with manufacturing capabilities on both the east and west coasts of North America. Our patio products business manufactures and sells building components used primarily for the erection of residential shade structures such as patio covers and enclosures. With facilities located throughout the southern and western regions of the United States, we believe we are one of only a few suppliers of patio products with national scale.

The downturn in the United States housing sector has pushed home improvement remodeling spending below its long-term trend. Falling home prices have discouraged discretionary home improvement spending and diminished the amount of equity that owners have in their homes. Prior to the downturn in the United States housing sector, the ability to borrow against equity created by rising home prices fueled remodeling activity, as well as broader consumer spending. Now that home prices have softened, owners cannot finance home improvement projects as easily. These difficult end market conditions have affected sales growth associated with our Building Products Group.

 

9


Table of Contents

We believe a recovering economy should stabilize house prices and consumer confidence levels, encouraging homeowners to reinvest in their homes and undertake deferred repairs, replacements and improvements. Low financing costs and a wave of previously foreclosed homes coming back on the market and in need of renovation could also contribute to growth. We believe these factors, coupled with an aging American housing stock, are generating significant pent-up demand for remodeling that should manifest itself when the housing sector rebounds (however, there can be no guarantee that demand for remodeling will increase or the timing of any such rebound).

Strategy

Our mission is to increase our position as one of the nation’s leading integrated metals processors and distributors, recognized for best in class customer service and optimal inventory management to meet customer demands, and to ensure strategic use of our capital resources, continuing to strengthen the relationships we have with our suppliers, while constantly renewing our focus on safety, growth and profitability. Execution of the following strategies is critical to our success:

 

   

Expand Value-Added Services. We intend to continue to invest in capital projects that provide attractive returns and to continue to expand the value-added services we offer at each of our service center locations, a strategy we believe will both enhance our relationships with existing customers and help forge new customer relationships, both of which we believe will result in increased market share for us.

 

   

Increase Sales of Higher Margin Products and Services. The sale of higher margin products and services, which tend to have higher growth prospects and more stable demand, will continue to be one of our core strategies. We intend to continue executing on this strategy by increasing our core carbon offerings, non-ferrous volumes, and our sales of processed products.

 

   

Execute Strategic Acquisitions to Improve Our Business. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions and we will generally target one to two “bolt-on” acquisitions per year that will enhance our metal service center strategy. We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of acquisition opportunities in the fragmented service center industry because of our flexible capital structure.

 

   

Maintain and Strengthen Our Strong Relationships with Suppliers and Customers. As one of the largest metal service center businesses in the United States, we intend to use our relationships to leverage the opportunities presented by the consolidation of steel producers and the changing needs of our customers.

 

   

Continue Our Strong Focus on Inventory Management. We will continue managing our inventory to maximize our returns, profitability and cash flow while maintaining sufficient inventory to respond to our customers’ demands. Constant evaluation of our inventory management framework will allow us to continue supplying our customers reliably, even during periods of tight metal supply. We expect our inventory management framework will continue generating strong earnings during periods of rising metal prices and strong cash flow during periods of declining metal prices.

 

   

Maintain High Free Cash Flow Generation and Conversion. We believe that we are a reliable supplier, especially of higher margin products and services, to our customers even in periods of tight supply. We believe that our reliability allows us to generate higher margins and more stable operating income through the business cycle. Moreover, we believe our inventory management framework, bolstered by our relationships with our metals suppliers, will stabilize earnings during periods of weakness. Our core business also requires minimal maintenance capital investment. We believe these strengths taken together underscore our ability to generate high levels of free cash flow, which will enable us to reinvest in our business, consummate future acquisitions, reduce debt, and achieve other corporate and financial objectives.

 

   

Maintain Our Focus on Safety Throughout Our Operating Facilities. We remain committed to the belief that nothing is more important than the safety of our people and will continue our disciplined focus on constantly improving the safety performance of our operations.

 

10


Table of Contents

Raw Materials and Supply

In recent years, steel, aluminum, copper and other metals production in the United States has fluctuated from period to period as mills attempt to match production to projected demand. Periodically, this has resulted in shortages of, or increased ordering lead-times for, some products, as well as fluctuations in price. Typically, metals producers announce price changes with sufficient advance notice to allow us to order additional products prior to the effective date of a price increase, or to defer purchases until a price decrease becomes effective. Our purchasing decisions are based on our forecast of the availability of metal products, ordering lead-times and pricing, as well as our prediction of customer demand for specific products.

We obtain the overwhelming majority of our metals from domestic suppliers, which include Nucor Corp., AK Steel, Arcelor-Mittal, North American Stainless, Thyssen Krupp Steel USA, and Steel Dynamics. Although we have historically purchased approximately 10% to 15% of our raw material supplies from foreign producers, domestic suppliers have always been, and we believe will continue to be, our principal source of raw material.

Although most forms of steel and aluminum produced by mills can be obtained from a number of integrated mills or mini-mills, both domestically and internationally, there are a few products that are available from only a limited number of producers. Since most metals are shipped free-on-board and the transportation of metals is a significant cost factor, we generally seek to purchase metals, to the extent possible, from the nearest mill.

During the last decade, U.S. Steel, Nucor Corp. and Arcelor Mittal acquired several of their domestic competitors, and international integrated producers merged and consolidated operations. The result of this trend has been fewer integrated producers from which we can purchase our raw materials. We believe that global consolidation of the metals industry is beneficial to the metals industry as a whole by enhancing efficiency. However, such consolidation could result in price increases for the metal that we purchase.

Sales and Marketing; Customers

We employ a sales force consisting of internal and external salespeople. Internal salespeople are primarily responsible for maintaining customer relationships, receiving and soliciting individual orders and responding to service and other inquiries by customers. Our external sales force is primarily responsible for identifying potential customers and calling on them to explain our services. We believe that our sales force is trained and knowledgeable about the characteristics and applications of various metals, as well as the manufacturing methods employed by our customers.

Our sales and marketing focus is on the identification of end-users that could achieve significant cost savings through the use of our inventory management, value-added processing, just-in-time delivery and other services. We use a variety of methods to identify potential customers, including the use of databases, direct mail and participation in manufacturers’ trade shows. Customer referrals and the knowledge of our sales force about regional end-users also result in the identification of potential customers. Once a potential customer is identified, our outside salespeople assume responsibility for visiting the appropriate contact, typically the purchasing manager or manager of operations.

Nearly all sales are on a negotiated price basis. In some cases, sales are the result of a competitive bid process where a customer provides a list of products, along with requirements, to us and several competitors and we submit a bid on each product. We have a diverse customer base, with no single customer accounting for more than 4% of our net sales in each of the last three years. Our ten largest customers represented less than 14% of our net sales in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average transaction size for our metal service centers was approximately $3,269. We have sought to enhance our position in stable growth industries that demand additional value-added services and reduce our exposure to more cyclical sectors. Through our organic growth and acquisitions, we have capitalized on opportunities to augment our existing product and service portfolio with high value-added products such as aluminum brazing sheet, armor plate, marine grade aluminum plate, and pressure vessel plate to service the aerospace, marine, defense, and oil and gas industries. Our broad

 

11


Table of Contents

portfolio of high-quality metal products and customized value-added services allows us to offer one-stop shopping to our customers. We believe the breadth of our portfolio provides a significant competitive advantage over smaller metal service centers, which generally stock fewer products and offer fewer services than we do.

LOGO

Competition

The metals distribution industry is highly fragmented and competitive. Service centers compete with each other on price, service, quality and availability of products. According to Metal Center News, Metals USA is ranked number twelve among service centers in North America based on 2010 revenues.

Markets are generally oriented on a regional and local basis. We have numerous competitors in each of our product lines and geographic locations. In every market we service we compete with various combinations of other large, value-added oriented metals processor/metal service centers some of which may have greater financial resources than we have, smaller metals processors/metal service centers and, to a much lesser extent, with primary metals producers, who typically sell to very large customers requiring regular shipments of large volumes of metals.

Our sales and services decisions are decentralized, providing local management the flexibility to quickly address local market conditions. Historically, we believe we have been able to compete effectively because of our high levels of service, broad-based inventory, knowledgeable and trained sales force, integrated computer systems, modern equipment, numerous locations, geographic dispersion, operational economies of scale and combined purchasing volume. Furthermore, we believe our liquidity and overall financial position affords us a good platform with which to compete with our peers in the industry.

Government Regulation and Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to a number of federal, state and local regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to workplace health and safety. In particular, our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing waste disposal, air and water emissions, the handling of hazardous substances, environmental protection, remediation, workplace exposure and other matters. Hazardous materials

 

12


Table of Contents

we use in our operations include general commercial lubricants and cleaning solvents. Among the more significant regulated activities that occur at some of our facilities are: the accumulation of scrap metal, which is sold for recycling; the generation of plant trash and other solid wastes and wastewaters, such as water from burning tables operated at some of our facilities, which wastes are disposed of in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act using third-party commercial waste handlers; and the storage, handling, and use of lubricating and cutting oils and small quantities of maintenance-related products and chemicals, the health hazards of which are communicated to employees pursuant to Occupational Safety and Health Act-prescribed hazard communication efforts and the disposal or recycling of which are performed pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.

Generally speaking, our facilities’ operations do not involve the types of emissions of air pollutants, discharges of pollutants to land or surface water, or treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste which would ordinarily require federal or state environmental permits. Some of our facilities possess authorizations for air emissions from paints and coatings, hazardous materials permits under local fire codes or ordinances for the storage and use of small quantities of combustible materials such as oils or paints, and state or local permits for on-site septic systems. Our cost of obtaining and complying with such permits has not been and is not anticipated to be material. Our operations are such that environmental regulations typically have not required us to make significant capital expenditures for environmental compliance activities.

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental and workplace health and safety laws and do not currently anticipate that we will be required to expend any substantial amounts in the foreseeable future in order to meet such requirements. However, some of the properties we own or lease are located in areas with a history of heavy industrial use, and are near sites listed on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) National Priority List. CERCLA establishes joint and several responsibility for clean-up without regard to fault for persons who have arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at sites that have become contaminated and for persons who own or operate contaminated facilities. We have a number of properties located in or near industrial or light industrial use areas; accordingly, these properties may have been contaminated by pollutants which would have migrated from neighboring facilities or have been deposited by prior occupants. Some of our properties are affected by contamination from leaks and drips of cutting oils and similar materials. The costs of clean-ups to date have not been material. We are not currently subject to any claims or notices with respect to clean-up or remediation under CERCLA or similar laws for contamination at our leased or owned properties or at any off-site location. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that we could be notified of such claims in the future. It is also possible that we could be identified by the Environmental Protection Agency, a state agency or one or more third parties as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under analogous state laws.

Management Information Systems

Both the Plates and Shapes Group and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group metal service centers use a system marketed and distributed specifically for the metal service center industry. During 2003, we completed a similar common-platform initiative in the Building Products Group. Some of our subsidiaries currently use electronic data interchange, through which they offer customers a paperless process with respect to order entry, shipment tracking, billing, remittance processing and other routine activities. Additionally, several of our subsidiaries also use computer-aided drafting systems to directly interface with computer-controlled metals processing, resulting in more efficient use of material and time.

We believe investment in uniform management information systems and computer-aided manufacturing technology permits us to respond quickly and proactively to our customers’ needs and service expectations. These systems are able to share data regarding inventory status, order backlog, and other critical operational information on a real-time basis.

 

13


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 2,200 persons. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 176, or approximately 8% of our employees, at various sites were members of unions: the United Steelworkers of America; the Sheet Metals Workers Union; the International Association of Bridge, Structural, and Ornamental Ironworkers of America; and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. Our relationship with these unions generally has been satisfactory. Within the last five years, we have not experienced any work stoppages at any of our facilities. We are currently a party to seven collective-bargaining agreements. Six expire in 2013 and one expires in 2014. Presently, we do not anticipate any problems or issues with respect to renewing these agreements upon acceptable terms. Historically, we have succeeded in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements without a strike and we expect to succeed in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements with respect to the agreements that expire in 2013 and 2014.

From time to time, there are shortages of qualified operators of metals processing equipment. In addition, during periods of low unemployment, turnover among less-skilled workers can be relatively high. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

See “Risk Factors—Our ability to retain our key employees is critical to the success of our business, and failure to do so may adversely affect our revenues and as a result could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows” and “Risk Factors—Adverse developments in our relationship with our unionized employees could adversely affect our business.”

Vehicles

We operate a fleet of owned or leased trucks and trailers, as well as forklifts and support vehicles. We believe these vehicles are generally well maintained and adequate for our current operations.

Risk Management and Insurance

The primary risks in our operations are bodily injury, property damage and vehicle liability. We maintain general and vehicle liability insurance, liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage and workers’ compensation coverage, which we consider sufficient to protect us against a catastrophic loss due to claims associated with these risks.

Safety

Our goal is to provide an accident-free workplace. We are committed to continuing and improving upon each facility’s focus and emphasis on safety in the workplace. Our safety program includes regular weekly or monthly field safety meetings and training sessions to teach proper safety procedures. A comprehensive “best practices” safety program which has been implemented throughout our operations ensures that all employees comply with our safety standards, as well as those established by our insurance carriers, and federal, state and local laws and regulations. This program is led by the corporate office, with the assistance of each of our product group presidents, executive officers and industry consultants with expertise in workplace safety. Furthermore, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors considers workplace safety as an important factor in determining the annual bonus amounts awarded to our executive officers.

Financial Information About Segments

For information regarding revenues from external customers, measures of profit or loss and total assets for the last three years for each segment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

14


Table of Contents

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property Rights

We own several U.S. patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights. Certain of the trademarks and patents are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and, in some cases, with trademark offices of foreign countries. We consider other information owned by us to be trade secrets. We protect our trade secrets by, among other things, entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees and implementing security measures to restrict access to such information. We believe that our safeguards provide adequate protection to our proprietary rights. While we consider all of our intellectual property to be important, we do not consider any single intellectual property right to be essential to our operations as a whole.

Seasonal Aspects, Renegotiation and Backlog

There is a slight decrease in our business during the winter months because of inclement weather conditions and the seasonality of customer end markets. No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts at the election of the government. Because of the just-in-time delivery policy and the short lead-time nature of our business, we do not believe the information on backlog of orders is material to an understanding of our business.

Foreign Operations

We do not have any material long-term assets or customer relationships outside of the United States. We have no material foreign operations or subsidiaries.

Research and Development

We do not incur material expenses in research and development activities but do participate in various research and development programs. We address research and development requirements and product enhancement by maintaining a staff of technical support, quality assurance and engineering personnel.

Communication with the Company

The Company’s required Securities and Exchange Act filings such as annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available free of charge through the Company’s website, http://www.metalsusa.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All of these materials are located at the “Investor Relations” link. They can also be obtained free of charge upon request to the Company’s principal address: Metals USA Holdings Corp., 2400 E. Commercial Blvd., Suite 905, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308.

 

15


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the following are some of the potential risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as other information contained in this document, when evaluating your investments in our securities. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are heavily affected by changing metal prices. We believe metal prices are currently increasing from a low point in the cycle toward a new high point in the cycle (which may not continue).

Metal costs typically represent approximately 75% of our net sales. Metal costs can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, production levels, competition, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. This volatility can significantly affect the availability and cost of raw materials for us and may, therefore, adversely affect our net sales, operating margin and net income. Our metal service centers maintain substantial inventories of metal to accommodate the short lead-times and just-in-time delivery requirements of our customers. Accordingly, using information derived from customers, market conditions, historic usage and industry research, we purchase metal in an effort to maintain our inventory at levels that we believe to be appropriate to satisfy the anticipated needs of our customers. Our commitments for metal purchases are generally at prevailing market prices in effect at the time we place our orders. We have no substantial long-term, fixed-price purchase contracts. When raw material prices rise, we may not be able to pass the price increase on to our customers. When raw material prices decline, customer demands for lower prices could result in lower sale prices and, to the extent we reduce existing inventory quantities, lower margins. There have been historical periods of rapid and significant movements in the prices of metal both upward and downward. These changes can make it difficult for us to accurately forecast our results, which could cause us to have higher or lower levels of inventory than required or make expenditures that may not generate expected returns. Any limitation on our ability to pass through any price increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes in metal prices (which we believe are currently increasing, which may not continue) also affect our liquidity because of the time difference between our payment for our raw materials and our collection of cash from our customers. We sell our products and typically collect our accounts receivable within 45 days after the sale; however, we tend to pay for replacement materials (which are more expensive when metal prices are rising) over a much shorter period, in part to benefit from early-payment discounts. As a result, when metal prices are rising, we tend to draw more on our $500 million amended and restated senior secured asset-based credit facility due 2015 (the “ABL facility”) to cover the cash flow cycle from our raw material purchases to cash collection. This cash requirement for working capital is higher in periods when we are increasing inventory quantities. Our liquidity is thus adversely affected by rising metal prices. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Operating and Investing Activities.”

Our operating results and liquidity could be negatively affected during economic downturns because the demand for our products is cyclical. We believe demand for our product is currently in the lower end of the cycle, although conditions have steadily improved throughout the latter half of 2009 through year-end 2011 (which may not continue).

Many of our products are used in businesses that are, to varying degrees, cyclical and have historically experienced periodic downturns due to economic conditions, energy prices, consumer demand and other factors beyond our control. These economic and industry downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, excess capacity and, in some cases, lower average selling prices for our products. The recent economic

 

16


Table of Contents

downturn and uncertainty about current global economic conditions pose risks as businesses in one or more of the markets that we serve, or consumers in one or more of the end-use markets that our customers serve, may postpone purchases in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in asset values, which could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and services and on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, as an increasing amount of our customers relocate their manufacturing facilities outside of the United States, we may not be able to maintain our level of sales to those customers.

The decline in steel prices resulting from weakened demand and an oversupply of steel throughout the supply chain during the latter half of 2008 and first half of 2009 contributed to a significant decline in steel product shipments from metals service centers in the United States. Reduced demand in a number of our markets combined with the foreign relocation of some of our customers could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our customers sell their products abroad, and some of our suppliers buy feedstock abroad. As a result, our business is affected by general economic conditions and other factors outside the United States, primarily in Europe and Asia. Our suppliers’ access to metal, and therefore our access to metal, is additionally affected by such conditions and factors. Similarly, the demand for our customers’ products, and therefore our products, is affected by such conditions and factors. These conditions and factors include enhanced imbalances in the world’s iron ore, coal and steel industries, a downturn in world economies, increases in interest rates, unfavorable currency fluctuations or a slowdown in the key industries served by our customers. In addition, demand for the products of our Building Products Group has been adversely affected by the downturn in the U.S. housing market, since the results of that group depend on a strong residential remodeling industry, which in turn has been historically driven by an expansion in the broader housing market and relatively high consumer confidence.

We rely on metal suppliers in our business and purchase a significant amount of metal from a limited number of suppliers and termination of one or more of our relationships with any of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We use a variety of metals in our business. Our operations depend upon obtaining adequate supplies of metal on a timely basis. We purchase most of our metal from a limited number of metal suppliers. As of December 31, 2011, our top three metals suppliers represent a significant portion of our total metal purchasing cost. Termination of our relationship with any of these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows if we were unable to obtain metal from other sources in a timely manner.

In addition, the domestic metals production industry has experienced consolidation in recent years. Further consolidation could result in a decrease in the number of our major suppliers or a decrease in the number of alternative supply sources available to us, which could make it more likely that termination of one or more of our relationships with major suppliers would result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Consolidation could also result in price increases for the metal that we purchase. Such price increases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows if we were not able to pass these price increases on to our customers.

Intense competition in our fragmented industry could adversely affect our profitability.

We are engaged in a highly fragmented and competitive industry. We compete with a large number of other value-added oriented metals processor/metal service centers on a regional and local basis, some of which may have greater financial resources than we have. Service centers compete with each other on price, service, quality and availability of products. According to Metal Center News, Metals USA is ranked number twelve among service centers in North America based on 2010 revenues. We also compete, to a much lesser extent, with

 

17


Table of Contents

primary metals producers, who typically sell to very large customers requiring regular shipments of large volumes of metals. Because price, particularly in the ferrous flat rolled business, is a competitive factor, we may be required in the future to reduce sales volumes to maintain our level of profitability. Increased competition in any of our businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our ability to retain our key employees is critical to the success of our business, and failure to do so may adversely affect our revenues and as a result could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on the services of our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our senior management team to remain competitive in our industry. We may not be able to retain or replace one or more of these key employees, we may suffer an extended interruption in one or more of their services or we may lose the services of one or more of these key employees entirely. Our current key employees are subject to employment conditions or arrangements that permit the employees to terminate their employment without notice. Other than a life insurance policy maintained by us on our Chief Executive Officer, for which we are the beneficiary, we do not maintain any life insurance policies for our key employees. If any of our key employees were not able to dedicate adequate time to our business, due to personal or other factors, if we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the services of any of our key employees or if any of our key employees were to terminate their employment it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the market for qualified individuals may be highly competitive and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees, should the need arise.

From time to time, there are shortages of qualified operators of metals processing equipment. In addition, during periods of low unemployment, turnover among less-skilled workers can be relatively high. Any failure to retain a sufficient number of such employees in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to litigation that could strain our resources and distract management.

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. These suits concern issues including product liability, contract disputes, employee-related matters and personal injury matters. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and claims, and the ultimate resolution of these matters as well as future lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows or reputation.

Environmental costs could decrease our net cash flow and adversely affect our profitability.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulations governing waste disposal, air and water emissions, the handling of hazardous substances, remediation, workplace exposure and other environmental matters. Some of the properties we own or lease are located in areas with a history of heavy industrial use, and are near sites listed for clean up under CERCLA. See “Business—Government Regulation and Environmental Matters.” CERCLA established joint and several responsibility for clean-up without regard to fault for persons who have arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at sites that have become contaminated and for persons who own or operate contaminated facilities. We have a number of properties located in or near industrial or light industrial use areas; accordingly, these properties may have been contaminated by pollutants which would have migrated from neighboring facilities or have been deposited by prior occupants. Some of our properties are affected by contamination from leaks and drips of cutting oils and similar materials. The costs of clean-ups to date have not been material. It is possible that we could be notified of such claims in the future. See “Business—Government Regulation and Environmental Matters.” It is also possible that we could be identified by the Environmental

 

18


Table of Contents

Protection Agency, a state agency or one or more third parties as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under analogous state laws. If so, we could incur substantial costs related to such claims, which could decrease our net cash flows and adversely affect our profitability.

Adverse developments in our relationship with our unionized employees could adversely affect our business.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 176 of our employees (approximately 8%) at various sites were members of unions. We are currently a party to seven collective-bargaining agreements. Six expire in 2013 and one expires in 2014. Presently we do not anticipate any problems or issues with respect to renewing these agreements upon acceptable terms. However, no assurances can be given that we will succeed in negotiating new collective-bargaining agreements to replace the expiring ones without a strike. Any strikes in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See “Business—Employees” for a discussion of our previous negotiations of collective-bargaining agreements.

We may not successfully implement our acquisition strategy, and acquisitions that we pursue may present unforeseen integration obstacles and costs, increase our leverage and negatively impact our performance.

We intend to continue to pursue our acquisition strategy, and we generally target one to two “bolt-on” acquisitions per year that will enhance our metal service center strategy. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, and if we do identify suitable candidates, they may be larger than our historical targets. The expense incurred in consummating acquisitions of related businesses, or our failure to integrate such businesses successfully into our existing businesses, could affect our growth or result in our incurring unanticipated expenses and losses. Furthermore, we may not be able to realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and may complete one or more significant acquisitions in the future. To finance an acquisition, we may incur debt or issue equity, both of which could be materially greater amounts than in connection with prior acquisitions. The process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of existing operations. Some of the risks associated with our acquisition strategy which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, include:

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

 

   

unexpected loss of key employees or customers of the acquired company;

 

   

conforming the acquired company’s standards, processes, procedures and controls with our operations;

 

   

coordinating new product and process development;

 

   

hiring additional management and other critical personnel;

 

   

encountering unknown contingent liabilities that could be material; and

 

   

increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

As a result of the foregoing, our acquisition strategy may not be successfully received by customers, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions.

Metals USA Holdings is a holding company and relies on dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from its subsidiaries to meet its dividend and other obligations.

Metals USA Holdings has no direct operations and derives all of its cash flow from its subsidiaries. Because Metals USA Holdings conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, Metals USA Holdings depends on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet its financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in the ABL facility, the indenture governing Metals USA’s 11 1/8 Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 (the “Metals USA Notes”) and other

 

19


Table of Contents

agreements governing current and future indebtedness of Metals USA Holdings’ subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of Metals USA Holdings’ subsidiaries, currently limit and may, in the future, limit Metals USA Holdings’ ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, Metals USA Holdings’ subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable Metals USA Holdings to pay any dividends on our common stock.

We may not be able to retain or expand our customer base if the North American manufacturing industry continues to erode through moving offshore or through acquisition and merger or consolidation activity in our customers’ industries.

Our customer base, including our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group’s customer base, primarily includes manufacturing and industrial firms. Some of these customers operate in industries that are undergoing consolidation through acquisition and merger activity; some are considering or have considered relocating production operations overseas or outsourcing particular functions overseas; and some customers have closed as they were unable to compete successfully with overseas competitors. Our facilities are predominately located in the mid-western and southern United States. To the extent that these customers cease U.S. operations, relocate or move operations overseas to regions in which we do not have a presence, we could lose their business. In addition, acquirers of manufacturing and industrial firms may have suppliers of choice that do not include us, which could affect our customer base and sales.

We may face product liability claims that are costly and create adverse publicity.

If any of the products that we sell cause harm to any of our customers, we could be exposed to product liability lawsuits. If we were found liable under product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages. Further, even if we successfully defended ourselves against this type of claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time to defend against these claims and our reputation could suffer, any of which could harm our business.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. The Metals USA Notes, the ABL facility and our other outstanding indebtedness are expected to account for significant cash interest expenses in fiscal 2012 and subsequent years. Accordingly, we will have to generate significant cash flows from operations to meet our debt service requirements. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service and working capital requirements, we may need to seek additional financing; however, this insufficient cash flow may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, Apollo has no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing and we therefore may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

Our use of leverage exposes us to interest rate risk and could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2011, our total indebtedness was $468.6 million. We also had an additional $163.8 million available for borrowing under the ABL facility as of that date.

Our indebtedness could have important consequences for you, including:

 

   

it may limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow money, dispose of assets or sell equity for our working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business;

 

   

we may be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

 

   

it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy; and

 

   

there would be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows if we were unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.

Our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The ABL facility and the indenture governing the Metals USA Notes (the “Metals USA Notes Indenture” or the “Identure”) contain various covenants that limit or prohibit our ability, among other things, to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or subordinated indebtedness or make other restricted payments;

 

   

enter into or permit certain agreements or make certain investments or loans;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create or incur liens; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

The Metals USA Notes Indenture contains covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, if we are unable to meet defined adjusted EBITDA to fixed charges and consolidated total debt ratios (each, as defined by the Indenture). The covenants in the Indenture require us to have an adjusted EBITDA to fixed charge ratio (measured on a trailing four-quarter basis) of 2.0 to 1.0 to incur “ratio” indebtedness and a consolidated total debt ratio of no greater than 4.75 to 1.0 to incur “ratio” indebtedness in connection with acquisitions. Based on the calculations for the trailing four quarters, we are able to satisfy these covenants and incur additional indebtedness under these ratios, including for acquisition purposes, under the Indenture.

As of December 31, 2011, our fixed charge coverage ratio (“FCCR”), as defined by the loan and security agreement governing the ABL facility, was 2.82. As of December 31, 2011 we had $163.8 million of additional borrowing capacity under the ABL facility. Failure to comply with the FCCR covenant of the ABL facility can result in limiting our long-term growth prospects by hindering our ability to incur future indebtedness or grow through acquisitions. We do not have to maintain a minimum FCCR as long as our borrowing availability under the ABL facility is greater than or equal to the greater of (i) $45.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the aggregate commitment (the “Minimum Availability”). We must maintain an FCCR of at least 1.0 to 1.0 if borrowing availability falls below the Minimum Availability.

Our inability to satisfy the terms of the negative covenants in our debt agreements do not, by themselves, constitute covenant violations or events of default. Rather, they are event-related restrictions that limit or prohibit the Company from taking certain corporate actions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance.”

The restrictions contained in the agreements that govern the terms of our debt could:

 

   

limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, to enter into strategic acquisitions, investments or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest; and

 

   

limit our access to the cash generated by our subsidiaries.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the ABL facility, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the ABL facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the ABL facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the ABL facility on a first-priority lien basis. If the lenders under the ABL facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, such acceleration could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the Metals USA Notes upon acceleration.

For a more detailed description on the limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Activities.”

Despite our current indebtedness, we may still be able to incur significantly more indebtedness which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The terms of the Metals USA Notes Indenture and the ABL facility contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness. These restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Accordingly, we or our subsidiaries could incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $163.8 million available for additional borrowing under the ABL facility, including the subfacility for letters of credit, and the covenants under our debt agreements would allow us to borrow a significant amount of additional indebtedness. In addition, the Metals USA Notes Indenture does not limit the amount of indebtedness that may be incurred by Flag Intermediate or Metals USA Holdings. Additional leverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could increase the risks described in “—Our use of leverage exposes us to interest rate risk and could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness,” “—Our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows” and “—Because a portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases.”

Because a portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases.

A portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $240.3 million of floating rate debt under the ABL facility and our Industrial Revenue Bonds (“IRBs”). We also had an additional $163.8 million available for borrowing under the ABL facility as of December 31, 2011. Assuming a consistent level of debt, a 100 basis point change in the interest rate on our floating rate debt effective from the beginning of the year would increase or decrease our fiscal 2011 interest expense under the ABL facility and the IRBs by approximately $2.4 million. We use derivative financial instruments to manage a portion of the potential impact of our interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2011, we had $4.1 million of IRBs that were hedged under interest rate swap agreements. To some extent, derivative financial instruments can protect against increases in interest rates, but they do not provide complete protection over the longer term. If interest rates increase dramatically, we could be unable to service our debt which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

22


Table of Contents

We are controlled by Apollo and its affiliates, and their interests as equity holders may conflict with yours.

We are an affiliate of, and are controlled by, Apollo and its affiliates. The interests of Apollo and its affiliates may not always be aligned with yours. For example, Apollo may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though these transactions might involve risks to the non-affiliated holders of our common stock or holders of our debt if the transactions resulted in our being more highly leveraged or significantly changed the nature of our business operations or strategy. In addition, if we encounter financial difficulties, or if we are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of Apollo might conflict with those of the non-affiliated holders of our common stock or the holders of our debt. In that situation, for example, the non-affiliated holders of our common stock or the holders of our debt might want us to raise additional equity to reduce our leverage and pay our debts, while Apollo might not want to increase their investment in us or have their ownership diluted and instead choose to take other actions, such as selling our assets. Furthermore, Apollo and its affiliates have no continuing obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing. Additionally, Apollo and certain of its affiliates are in the business of making investments in businesses engaged in the metals service industry that complement or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business.

Further, if they pursue such acquisitions in the metals service industry, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Apollo and its affiliates continue to indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our business decisions.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

23


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2011, we operated 19 metal service centers in the Plates and Shapes Group and 27 facilities in the Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group. These facilities use various metals processing and materials handling machinery and equipment. As of the same date, our Building Products Group operated four manufacturing plants where we process metals into various building products and 14 sales centers.

Many of our facilities are capable of being used at higher capacities, if necessary. We believe that our facilities will be adequate for the expected needs of our existing businesses over the next several years. Our metal service center facilities, Building Products sales centers and manufacturing plants, and administrative offices are located and described as follows:

OPERATING FACILITIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     Location   Square
Footage
     Owned/
Leased
 

Plates and Shapes Group:

       
   Mobile, Alabama     246,000         Owned   
   Jacksonville, Florida     60,000         Owned   
   Oakwood, Georgia     206,000         Owned   
   Waggaman, Louisiana     371,000         Owned   
   Baltimore, Maryland     65,000         Leased   
   Seekonk, Massachusetts     115,000         Owned   
   Columbus, Mississippi     45,000         Owned   
   Newark, New Jersey     81,000         Owned   
   Greensboro, North Carolina     180,000         Owned   
   Canton, Ohio     110,000         Owned   
   Enid, Oklahoma     112,000         Owned   
   Muskogee, Oklahoma (1)     229,000         Owned   
   Tulsa, Oklahoma     533,000         Leased   
   Ambridge, Pennsylvania     200,000         Leased   
   Langhorne, Pennsylvania     235,000         Leased   
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania     85,000         Owned   
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania                                  109,000         Leased   
   York, Pennsylvania     109,000         Owned   
   Cedar Hill, Texas     150,000         Owned   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group:

       
   Thomasville, Alabama     75,000         Owned   
   Anaheim, California     45,000         Leased   
   Orange, California     28,000         Leased   
   Thomasville, Georgia     52,000         Leased   
   Madison, Illinois     100,000         Owned   
   Northbrook, Illinois     187,000         Owned   
   Rockford, Illinois     119,000         Owned   
   Rockford, Illinois     41,000         Owned   
   Jeffersonville, Indiana     90,000         Owned   
   Jeffersonville, Indiana (1) (2)     270,000         Owned   
   Jeffersonville, Indiana (2)     40,000         Leased   
   Wichita, Kansas     43,000         Leased   
   Mansfield, Massachusetts     42,000         Owned   
   Walker, Michigan     50,000         Owned   
   Plymouth, Minnesota     18,000         Owned   

 

24


Table of Contents
     Location    Square
Footage
     Owned/
Leased
 
   Liberty, Missouri      117,000         Leased   
   Union, New Jersey      39,000         Leased   
   Randleman, North Carolina      154,000         Owned   
   Springfield, Ohio      105,000         Owned   
   Wooster, Ohio      140,000         Owned   
   Tulsa, Oklahoma      130,000         Owned   
   Houston, Texas      57,000         Owned   
   Katy, Texas      212,000         Owned   
   Odessa, Texas      29,000         Owned   
   Richardson, Texas      192,000         Owned   
   Germantown, Wisconsin      102,000         Owned   
   Horicon, Wisconsin      120,000         Leased   
   Horicon, Wisconsin      32,000         Leased   

Building Products Group:

        

Sales Centers

   Birmingham, Alabama      19,000         Leased   
   Phoenix, Arizona      111,000         Leased   
   Hayward, California      24,000         Leased   
   Leesburg, Florida      61,000         Leased   
   Pensacola, Florida      48,000         Leased   
   Las Vegas, Nevada      42,000         Leased   
   Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                                   40,000         Leased   
   Irmo, South Carolina      38,000         Leased   
   Nashville, Tennessee      44,000         Leased   
   Houston, Texas      155,000         Leased   
   Longview, Texas      15,000         Leased   
   Mesquite, Texas      55,000         Leased   
   Weslaco, Texas      21,000         Leased   
   Kent, Washington      57,000         Leased   

Manufacturing Plants

   Brea, California      43,000         Owned   
   Buena Park, California      168,000         Leased   
   Groveland, Florida      247,000         Leased   
   Courtland, Ontario      32,000         Owned   

Administrative Locations:

        

Corporate Headquarters

   Fort Lauderdale, Florida      6,700         Leased   

i-Solutions

   Ft. Washington, Pennsylvania      4,000         Leased   

 

(1) These facilities are subject to liens with respect to specific debt obligations, including IRBs.
(2) These facilities comprise one operating location.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. We believe the resolution of these matters and the incurrence of their related costs and expenses should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows. While it is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and claims, the ultimate resolution of these matters as well as future lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

25


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Equity

Our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MUSA” and was first traded on April 9, 2010. The following table sets forth the high and low reported closing sale prices of our common stock during each fiscal quarter since our initial public offering.

 

     2011  
     High      Low  

First Quarter

   $ 16.60       $ 13.94   

Second Quarter

   $ 16.98       $ 13.97   

Third Quarter

   $ 15.39       $ 8.95   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 11.57       $ 8.11   
     2010  
     High      Low  

Second Quarter

   $ 21.00       $ 14.02   

Third Quarter

   $ 15.51       $ 11.10   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 15.24       $ 11.68   

We have not paid dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. The terms of the indebtedness of Metals USA, our subsidiary, may also restrict it from paying cash dividends to us under some circumstances.

As of March 7, 2012, there were 52 record holders of our common stock.

 

26


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of the Company’s common stock to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (“S&P 500”), the Russell 3000 Index (“Russell 3000”), and the Company’s peer group that we selected. The graph assumes $100 invested on April 9, 2010 in the common stock of Metals USA Holdings and our peer group, and on March 31, 2010 for the S&P 500 and Russell 3000 (as data for the indexes is only available on a month-end basis). The graph also assumes reinvestment of dividends. The companies included in the industry peer group are: Reliance Steel & Aluminum Co., A.M. Castle & Co. and Olympic Steel Inc. The returns of each member of the peer group are weighted according to that member’s stock market capitalization as of the period measured. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

 

LOGO

 

     4/9/2010      12/31/2010      12/31/2011  

Metals USA Holdings Corp.

   $ 100.00       $ 79.38       $ 58.59   

S&P 500

   $ 100.00       $ 109.18       $ 111.49   

Russell 3000

   $ 100.00       $ 110.37       $ 111.50   

Peer Group

   $ 100.00       $ 97.20       $ 88.53   

 

27


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2011, the number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under equity compensation plans, the weighted average exercise price of those options and the number of shares of common stock remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans.

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding  options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and  rights
     Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under  equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     1,073,744       $ 8.97         2,763,795   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,073,744       $ 8.97         2,763,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2009, and as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, and as of December 31, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007, and as of December 31, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2008, and as of December 31, 2008, and as of December 31, 2009, presented in this table have been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K. The historical results set forth below do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period, and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

On March 19, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1.7431-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock. The split was effected as a stock dividend on April 5, 2010. The Statements of Operations Data as presented below give retroactive effect to the stock split. In addition, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of common stock from 30,000,000 to 140,000,000, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our stockholders approved the amended and restated certificate of incorporation on March 19, 2010.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010      2011  
     (in millions, except per share amounts)  

Statements of Operations Data:

           

Net Sales

   $ 1,845.3      $ 2,156.2      $ 1,098.7      $ 1,292.1       $ 1,885.9   

Cost of sales (exclusive of operating and delivery, and depreciation and amortization included in operating expenses below)

     1,418.8        1,612.9        890.1        996.7         1,445.7   

Operating expenses

     313.1        336.9        230.7        235.2         305.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     113.4        206.4        (22.1     60.2         135.2   

Interest expense

     87.0        87.9        63.5        38.9         36.6   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     8.4        —          (92.1     3.5         —     

Other (income) expense, net

     (0.7     (0.2     0.2        —           0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18.7        118.7        6.3        17.8         98.5   

Provision for income taxes

     4.8        46.1        2.8        6.3         33.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 13.9      $ 72.6      $ 3.5      $ 11.5       $ 64.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income per share:

           

Income per share - basic

   $ 0.57      $ 2.96      $ 0.14      $ 0.34       $ 1.74   

Income per share - diluted

   $ 0.55      $ 2.87      $ 0.14      $ 0.34       $ 1.73   

Number of common shares used in the per share calculations:

           

Basic

     24.5        24.5        24.6        33.8         37.0   

Diluted

     25.1        25.3        24.6        34.1         37.3   

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010      2011  
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Working capital

   $ 506.3      $ 699.0      $ 279.1      $ 380.2       $ 503.4   

Total assets

     959.0        1,088.2        627.8        745.5         984.8   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     855.0        942.6        468.2        345.4         467.6   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (125.6     (51.0     (43.7     191.1         257.1   

 

29


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This section contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See disclosure presented on page 2 of this report for cautionary information with respect to such forward-looking statements. Readers should refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for risk factors that may affect future performance. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 6. “Selected Financial Data” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Overview

All references to the “Company” include Metals USA Holdings, Flag Intermediate, its wholly owned subsidiary Metals USA, and the wholly owned subsidiaries of Metals USA.

We believe that we are a leading provider of value-added processed carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum and specialty metals, as well as manufactured metal components. For the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 95% of our revenue was derived from our metals service center and processing activities, which are segmented into two groups: Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group and Plates and Shapes Group. The remaining portion of our revenue was derived from our Building Products Group, which principally manufactures and sells aluminum products related to the residential remodeling industry. We purchase metal from primary producers that generally focus on large volume sales of unprocessed metals in standard configurations and sizes. In most cases, we perform the customized, value-added processing services required to meet the specifications provided by end-use customers. Our Plates and Shapes Group and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group customers are in the aerospace, automotive industry manufacturing, defense, heavy equipment, marine transportation, commercial construction, office furniture manufacturing, and energy and oilfield services industries. Our Building Products Group customers are primarily distributors and contractors engaged in the residential remodeling industry.

Industry Trends

Metals Service Centers

U.S. steel consumption declined dramatically during the 2009 recession. 2009 U.S. steel consumption was less than 70% of 2008 U.S. steel consumption and significantly outpaced GDP declines. Consequently, annual growth in steel demand in 2010 exceeded prior year figures by more than 14% as U.S. industrial production recovered slowly.

World steel production continued to grow in 2011. Domestic steel mills produced at an average capacity utilization rate of 75% during 2011, up 8% from last year. Apparent demand began to improve in the economies of Europe and the United States at the end of 2011 and we believe it is likely that there will be further growth during 2012. Economic indicators in the U.S. have recently been rising, which we believe should mean positive growth in steel consumption in 2012.

China has continued to dominate global steel production and consumption, accounting for roughly half of the total global steel market. Chinese steel production levels and growth characteristics have created significant demand on iron ore and metallurgical coal which has generally outpaced global supply. Spot iron ore prices eased slightly during December 2011, but remained in a narrow range. Prices have since rebounded, and we believe this upward price trend will continue.

Steel prices were relatively stable during 2011 when compared to the significantly volatile periods of 2008, 2009, and to a lesser degree 2010. Given current market conditions, steel prices are predominately influenced by raw material input costs, namely iron ore and metallurgical coal. We believe that in the absence of any unanticipated macro-economic disruptions, no near term catalyst that would materially alter current price trends is anticipated.

 

30


Table of Contents

Building Products

The downturn in the housing and mortgage markets has caused significant contraction in the home improvement remodeling industry. Research indicates that remodeling activity is pro-cyclical with both new residential construction and the broader economy, but remodeling lags homebuilding by several quarters. The high cyclicality of remodeling activity appears to be driven by discretionary improvements, similar to the products sold by our building products business, which are quite volatile. Improvement spending is expected to be much more cyclical and more sensitive to upturns and downturns in the general economy, whereas maintenance and repair spending is expected to be fairly stable over time.

While the pace of the decline in homeowner remodeling projects appears to be moderating, increased remodeling activity does not seem likely to materialize until further signs of recovery emerge in the broader housing market. Although lower financing costs are reducing the cost of financing home improvement projects, weak home prices, the lack of homeowner equity, and decreased cost recovery for most types of remodeling projects continue to discourage upper-end remodeling improvements.

Product demand for the Company’s Building Products Group may be influenced by numerous factors such as interest rates, general economic conditions, consumer confidence and other factors beyond our control. Declines in existing home sales and improvement remodeling expenditures due to such factors could continue to limit the pace of the segment’s recovery.

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following financial information reflects our historical financial statements.

 

     Fiscal Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      %     2010      %     2009     %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Net sales

   $ 1,885.9         100.0   $ 1,292.1         100.0   $ 1,098.7        100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of operating and delivery, and depreciation and amortization shown below)

     1,445.7         76.7     996.7         77.1     890.1        81.0

Operating and delivery

     175.7         9.3     131.9         10.2     126.7        11.5

Selling, general and administrative

     108.1         5.7     81.9         6.3     85.1        7.7

Depreciation and amortization

     21.2         1.1     17.8         1.4     18.9        1.7

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     —           —          0.3         0.0     —          —     

Advisory agreement termination charge

     —           —          3.3         0.3     —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Operating income (loss)

     135.2         7.2     60.2         4.7     (22.1     -2.0

Interest expense

     36.6         1.9     38.9         3.0     63.5        5.8

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment

     —           —          3.5         0.3     (92.1     -8.4

Other expense, net

     0.1         0.0     —           —          0.2        0.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

     98.5         5.2     17.8         1.4     6.3        0.6

Provision for income taxes

     33.9         1.8     6.3         0.5     2.8        0.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 64.6         3.4   $ 11.5         0.9   $ 3.5        0.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to 2010

Net sales. Net sales increased $593.8 million, or 46.0%, from $1,292.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,885.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to a 31.8% increase in shipments, in addition to a 12.9% increase in average realized prices for our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous and Plates and Shapes Product Groups. Net sales for our Building Products Group

 

31


Table of Contents

increased $2.8 million, or 3.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. Results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include operating results from the Trident acquisition, which closed on March 11, 2011, and the ORMS acquisition, which closed on December 31, 2010. In addition, results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include a full twelve months of operating results from the J. Rubin acquisition, which closed on June 28, 2010. Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin contributed a combined $194.7 million of incremental sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. Excluding the Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin acquisitions, net sales for our metal service center businesses increased $396.3 million, or 33.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 versus the same period of 2010, which primarily resulted from a 16.7% increase in shipments and a 14.2% increase in average realized prices. The increase in prices and volumes is attributable to the cyclical nature of the metal consuming industries supported by our products and services. The economic recovery that continued through 2011 has translated into increased metal consumption as industrial production continues to gradually expand. We continue to experience weaker demand in industries tied to non-residential construction and offshore oil and gas drilling.

According to data from the Metals Service Center Institute, actual shipments for the service center industry for the year ended December 31, 2011 are up 14.2% over the same period of 2010. Inventory levels have remained relatively stable throughout 2011. Despite a cautious economic outlook, business conditions were generally favorable for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased $449.0 million, or 45.0%, from $996.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,445.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to a 31.8% increase in shipments for our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous and Plates and Shapes Product Groups, in addition to an 11.8% increase in average cost per ton. Cost of sales for our Building Products Group increased $4.2 million, or 7.2%. The Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin acquisitions added a combined $144.2 million of incremental cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. Excluding the Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin acquisitions, shipments increased 16.7% and average cost per ton increased 13.5% over the same period of 2010. The increase in volumes that contributed to higher cost of sales during 2011 was primarily attributable to the factors that affected the increase in net sales discussed above. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased from 77.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 76.7% for the same period of 2011.

Operating and delivery. Operating and delivery expenses increased $43.8 million, or 33.2%, from $131.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $175.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was a result of higher variable costs associated with increased shipments, most notably higher labor costs of approximately $5.7 million and higher freight costs of approximately $8.5 million. In addition, Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin added a combined $21.2 million of incremental operating and delivery expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011. As a percentage of net sales, operating and delivery expenses decreased from 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 9.3% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $26.2 million, or 32.0%, from $81.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $108.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. An approximate $7.2 million increase in incentive compensation, which is aligned with the improved performance of our business, contributed to the period-over-period increase. Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin added a combined $12.0 million of incremental selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011. We also incurred costs of approximately $1.6 million during 2011 which were primarily attributable to the Trident acquisition, which closed in March 2011. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 6.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.4 million, or 19.1%, from $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributable to increases in fixed assets resulting from our growth through acquisitions over the past year and from increased capital spending, as our investments in new equipment have grown in line with higher business activity levels. Net property and equipment as of

 

32


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 was $247.8 million compared to $198.8 million as of December 31, 2010. As a percentage of net sales, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased from 1.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 1.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Operating income. Operating income increased $75.0 million, or 124.6%, from $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $135.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily a result of the increase in net sales discussed above, in addition to the impact associated with the acquisitions of Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin, which contributed a combined $13.1 million of incremental operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in operating income during 2011 was also partially attributable to the absence of a $3.3 million charge to operating expense for the termination of our advisory agreement with Apollo in connection with our IPO during the second quarter of 2010. As a percentage of net sales, operating income increased from 4.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $2.3 million, or 5.9%, from $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to the redemption of Metals USA Holdings’ Senior Floating Rate PIK Toggle Notes due 2012 (the “2007 Notes”) in May 2010, partially offset by increased interest expense associated with higher borrowings and a higher average facility rate on the ABL facility. The weighted average outstanding balance on our ABL facility increased from $77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $214.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Borrowings under the ABL facility were used to fund the Trident and ORMS acquisitions, in addition to higher working capital needs between the two periods.

Income taxes. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $33.9 million, resulting in an overall effective tax rate of 34.4%, compared to income tax expense of $6.3 million and overall effective tax rate of 35.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate due to state taxes, certain valuation allowances on state and Canadian deferred tax assets, as well as provisions for uncertain tax positions.

Net income. Net income increased from $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $64.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The variance was primarily due to the improved operating performance of our metal service center businesses resulting from increases in end market demand and metal prices, ongoing and permanent cost reductions over the last year, and improved returns resulting from aggressive working capital management.

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to 2009

Net sales. Net sales increased $193.4 million, or 17.6%, from $1,098.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,292.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to a 16.0% increase in shipments, in addition to a 3.7% increase in average realized prices for our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous and Plates and Shapes Product Groups. Net sales decreased $10.2 million, or 10.9%, for our Building Products Group. Results for the year ended December 31, 2010, include the results from the J. Rubin acquisition from the date of the acquisition closing, which occurred on June 28, 2010. J. Rubin contributed $17.8 million of incremental sales for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in volumes for our metal service center businesses stemmed from better operating performance in an improving economy and stronger demand across most of our end-user markets, with the exception of weak non-residential construction and diminished levels of energy demand in the Gulf of Mexico. We believe that our focus on product mix enhancement during 2010 helped to mitigate the effects of uneven demand associated with specific regions and end-use industries.

Weak demand caused prices for many grades of steel to fall substantially during the first half of 2009, as steel producers in North America reduced prices and cut production to adjust to lower order levels. As a result, although our metal service center businesses benefitted from a broader market recovery since mid-2009, the

 

33


Table of Contents

increase in net sales for 2010 versus 2009 was largely driven by volumes. Carbon steel prices generally trended upward at a modest rate during the latter half of 2009, although we experienced intermittent volatility in steel prices at various times during 2010, mainly during the third quarter. Prices increased in late 2010 in response to persistent higher raw material costs and typical seasonal demand strength leading into the next year.

Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased $106.6 million, or 12.0%, from $890.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, to $996.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to a 16.0% increase in shipments for our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous and Plates and Shapes Product Groups, partially offset by a 1.9% decrease in average cost per ton. The J. Rubin acquisition added $12.1 million of incremental cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2010. Cost of sales for our Building Products Group decreased $7.0 million, or 10.7%. The increase in volumes that contributed to higher cost of sales during 2010 was attributable to higher steel demand as the economy recovered from the global economic recession. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased from 81.0% for 2009 to 77.1% for 2010.

Operating and delivery. Operating and delivery expenses increased $5.2 million, or 4.1%, from $126.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $131.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was a result of higher variable costs associated with increased shipments, most notably higher freight costs of approximately $2.9 million. The increase was partially offset by cost reduction initiatives implemented over the last eighteen months, including reductions in square footage under lease, reduction in headcount and employee benefit modifications. As a percentage of net sales, operating and delivery expenses decreased from 11.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $3.2 million, or 3.8%, from $85.1 million for year ended December 31, 2009 to $81.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Lower costs associated with salaries and employee benefits, which amounted to approximately $6.2 million, achieved through personnel reductions and other cost reduction initiatives were the primary contributors to the period-over-period decrease. The decrease also includes a decrease of $0.5 million of expense related to potentially uncollectible customer accounts. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 7.7% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 6.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.1 million, or 5.8%, from $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company reduced capital expenditures to align our investments in new equipment with lower business activity levels, and also to use available cash for debt reduction. As we reduced capital spending, our depreciation costs decreased over time. The decrease was also due to lower amortization of customer list intangible assets (which is recognized on an accelerated basis and decreases over the life of the assets) recorded in connection with the acquisitions completed in May 2006, the acquisition of Lynch Metals in July 2007, and the Merger.

Operating income (loss). Operating income (loss) increased $82.3 million, or 372.4%, from an operating loss of $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to operating income of $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily a result of the increase in sales discussed above, as well as the decreases in selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation and amortization, as discussed above. In addition, the J. Rubin acquisition also contributed $1.1 million of incremental operating income for the period.

The increase in operating income during 2010 was partially offset by a $3.3 million charge to operating expense for the termination of our advisory agreement with Apollo in connection with our IPO. As a percentage of net sales, operating income (loss) increased from (2.0%) for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 4.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $24.6 million, or 38.7%, from $63.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily a function of reduced borrowings on our ABL facility, as well as debt extinguishments and a lower LIBOR base

 

34


Table of Contents

rate on the 2007 Notes until their redemption in May 2010. The weighted average outstanding balance on our ABL facility decreased from $180.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we redeemed all outstanding 2007 Notes using a portion of the proceeds from our IPO and recorded a $3.5 million loss on debt extinguishment in connection with the redemption. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $157.4 million principal amount of the 2007 Notes in the open market, resulting in a pretax gain of $78.5 million (net of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount) on debt extinguishment. We also purchased $48.7 million principal amount of the Metals USA Notes in the open market, resulting in a pretax gain of $13.6 million (net of unamortized deferred financing costs) during the same period.

Income taxes. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $6.3 million, resulting in an overall effective tax rate of 35.3%, compared to income tax expense of $2.8 million and overall effective tax rate of 44.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate due to state taxes, certain valuation allowances on state and Canadian deferred tax assets, as well as provisions for uncertain tax positions.

Net income. Net income increased from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The variance was primarily due to the improved operating performance of our metal service center businesses resulting from increases in end market demand and metal prices, ongoing and permanent cost reductions over the last year, and to improved returns from a stronger balance sheet resulting from debt reductions and aggressive working capital management.

Results of Operations by Segment

 

     Fiscal Years Ended December 31,  
     Net Sales     %     Operating
Costs and
Expenses
     %     Operating
Income
(Loss)
    %     Capital
Spending
     Tons Shipped (1)  
                   Direct     Toll  

2011:

                    

Plates and Shapes

   $ 765.9        40.6   $ 682.9         39.0   $ 83.0        61.4   $ 6.4         567        29   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     1,046.7        55.5     968.6         55.3     78.1        57.8     10.5         685        127   

Building Products

     85.8        4.5     86.5         4.9     (0.7     -0.5     4.6         —          —     

Corporate and other

     (12.5     -0.7     12.7         0.7     (25.2     -18.6     0.3         (12     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,885.9        100.0   $ 1,750.7         100.0   $ 135.2        100.0   $ 21.8         1,240        156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010:

                    

Plates and Shapes

   $ 538.0        41.6   $ 499.6         40.6   $ 38.4        63.8   $ 2.3         488        21   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     680.5        52.7     635.2         51.6     45.3        75.2     0.7         528        30   

Building Products

     83.0        6.4     83.6         6.8     (0.6     -1.0     —           —          —     

Corporate and other

     (9.4     -0.7     13.5         1.1     (22.9     -38.0     1.0         (8     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,292.1        100.0   $ 1,231.9         100.0   $ 60.2        100.0   $ 4.0         1,008        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009:

                    

Plates and Shapes

   $ 523.0        47.6   $ 537.8         48.0   $ (14.8     67.0   $ 3.3         472        13   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     490.7        44.7     474.2         42.3     16.5        -74.7     0.5         409        26   

Building Products

     93.2        8.5     97.1         8.7     (3.9     17.6     —           —          —     

Corporate and other

     (8.2     -0.7     11.7         1.0     (19.9     90.0     0.3         (7     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,098.7        100.0   $ 1,120.8         100.0   $ (22.1     100.0   $ 4.1         874        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Shipments are expressed in thousands of tons and are not an appropriate measure for the Building Products Group.

 

35


Table of Contents

Segment Results—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to 2010

Plates and Shapes. Net sales increased $227.9 million, or 42.4%, from $538.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $765.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to a 21.6% increase in average realized prices, in addition to a 17.1% increase in shipments for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. While we experienced increased demand from the defense and energy services end markets during 2011, the non-residential construction sector, which has been a key metal consuming end market for us in the past, continued to experience weak demand by historical standards.

Operating costs and expenses increased $183.3 million, or 36.7%, from $499.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $682.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to a 20.7% increase in average cost per ton, in addition to a 17.1% increase in shipments for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. We incurred approximately $0.6 million of facility closure and severance expenses related to the closure of a Plates and Shapes location in Hayward, California during the first quarter of 2011, which contributed to the increase in operating costs and expenses versus the prior year. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 92.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 89.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Operating income increased $44.6 million, or 116.1%, from $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase primarily resulted from the increase in net sales discussed above, in addition to lower operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales, as we continue to focus on cost control. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased from 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous. Net sales increased $366.2 million, or 53.8%, from $680.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,046.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin contributed a combined $194.7 million of incremental sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to a 16.9% increase in shipments, in addition to a 7.7% increase in average realized prices for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Our recent acquisitions caused shipments during 2011 to include a larger proportion of toll processed tonnage than our historical norm. Toll processing describes performing processing services on customer-owned material. Net sales for toll processing equates to the processing service fee charged to the customer. Sales of non-ferrous metals accounted for approximately 40% of the segment’s sales product mix for 2011, compared to approximately 38% for 2010. Our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group experienced increased demand in the automotive, heating and air conditioning equipment, lawn and garden equipment and aerospace equipment markets during 2011.

Operating costs and expenses increased $333.4 million, or 52.5%, from $635.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $968.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin contributed a combined $181.4 million of incremental operating costs and expenses to the segment for 2011. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to a 16.9% increase in shipments, in addition to a 7.8% increase in average cost per ton. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 93.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 92.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Operating income increased $32.8 million, or 72.4%, from $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $78.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in volumes, combined with the increase in average realized prices discussed above. Trident, ORMS and J. Rubin contributed a combined $13.1 million of incremental operating income for year ended December 31, 2011. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased from 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 7.5% for the same period of 2011.

 

36


Table of Contents

Building Products. Net sales increased $2.8 million, or 3.4%, from $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $85.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Although the Building Products segment experienced top-line growth during 2011 compared to the same period of 2010, this segment of our business continues to be affected by lower consumer spending on residential remodeling due to the effects of the economic recession. Weak job growth, high unemployment, declining home prices and subdued consumer confidence, in addition to decreased access to affordable credit for homeowners and residential remodeling contractors, have contributed to volatility in home improvement spending.

Operating costs and expenses increased $2.9 million, or 3.5%, from $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $86.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales for 2011 were approximately in line with 2010.

Operating loss increased from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Results from operations for 2011 include a non-recurring gain of approximately $0.7 million from a settlement with the previous owners of the Dura-Loc Roofing Systems, Ltd. (now Allmet Roofing Products) roofing business we acquired in 2006 to cover pre-acquisition warranty claims.

Corporate and other. This category reflects certain administrative costs and expenses management has not allocated to its industry segments. These costs include compensation for executive officers, insurance, professional fees for audit, tax and legal services and data processing expenses. The negative net sales amount represents the elimination of intercompany sales. The operating loss increased $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to higher professional fees and higher expenses associated with incentive compensation as a result of the underlying growth and improved performance of the business.

Segment Results—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to 2009

Plates and Shapes. Net sales increased $15.0 million, or 2.9%, from $523.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $538.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to a 4.9% increase in shipments, partially offset by a 2.0% decrease in average realized prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Product demand for the Plates and Shapes Group is more transactional in nature and is typically associated with industries and end markets that show strength during later stages of economic cycles. Although we experienced an increase in demand for structural steel during 2010, it was offset to a large extent by the dramatic decline in non-residential construction associated with the global recession that began in late 2008 and to a lesser extent by the U.S. deepwater drilling moratorium issued in May 2010. Intense competition negatively impacted pricing for structural steel throughout most of 2010.

Operating costs and expenses decreased $38.2 million, or 7.1%, from $537.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $499.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to a 12.2% decrease in the average cost per ton, partially offset by a 4.9% increase in shipments for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 102.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 92.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating income (loss) increased by $53.2 million, or 359.5%, from an operating loss of $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to operating income of $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase primarily resulted from lower operating costs and expenses, which were primarily the result of the decreases in average cost per ton discussed above in addition to cost reduction initiatives implemented during the year ended December 31, 2010 and prior thereto. Operating income (loss) as a percentage of net sales increased from (2.8%) for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

37


Table of Contents

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous. Net sales increased $189.8 million, or 38.7%, from $490.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $680.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The J. Rubin acquisition contributed $17.8 million of incremental sales to this segment for the year ended December 31, 2010. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to a 25.3% increase in shipments, in addition to a 7.8% increase in average realized prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Sales of non-ferrous metals accounted for approximately 38% of the segment’s sales product mix for 2010, compared to approximately 40% for 2009. Our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group experienced strong demand in the automotive, aerospace and lawn and garden equipment markets during 2010.

Operating costs and expenses increased $161.0 million, or 34.0%, from $474.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $635.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The J. Rubin acquisition contributed $16.7 million of incremental operating costs and expenses to the segment for 2010. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to a 25.3% increase in shipments, in addition to a 6.9% increase in average cost per ton. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 96.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 93.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating income increased by $28.8 million, or 174.5%, from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in volumes, combined with the increase in average realized prices discussed above. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased from 3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Building Products. Net sales decreased $10.2 million, or 10.9%, from $93.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The sales decrease was driven by lower consumer spending on residential remodeling due to the effects of the economic recession and the resulting depreciation of homes, as well as decreased access to affordable credit for homeowners and residential remodeling contractors. These factors have led to significant contraction in the home improvement remodeling industry.

Operating costs and expenses decreased $13.5 million, or 13.9%, from $97.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume and a decrease in variable costs related to lower market demand, and to a lesser extent due to cost reduction measures which were implemented to align the cost structure of the segment to current levels of lower market demand. Operating costs and expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 104.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 100.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating loss decreased from an operating loss of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to an operating loss of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower operating costs, which decreased at a rate that was greater than the rate of decline in sales. Operating loss as a percentage of net sales was 0.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 versus 4.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Corporate and other. This category reflects certain administrative costs and expenses management has not allocated to its industry segments. These costs include compensation for executive officers, insurance, professional fees for audit, tax and legal services and data processing expenses. The negative net sales amount represents the elimination of intercompany sales. The operating loss increased $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. During the second quarter of 2010, unamortized prepaid advisory fees of $3.3 million were charged to expense as a result of the termination of our advisory agreement with Apollo in connection with our IPO. This charge was partially offset by a decrease in salaries and employee benefits of approximately $1.0 million, in addition to lower professional and consulting fees of approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 versus 2009.

 

38


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of short-term liquidity are borrowings under the ABL facility and our cash flow from operations. We believe these resources will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next year. As of December 31, 2011, we had $227.7 million drawn on the ABL facility, our borrowing availability was $163.8 million, and we had cash of $12.1 million.

Our borrowing availability fluctuates daily with changes in eligible accounts receivables and inventory, less outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. See “—Financing Activities” below. At March 7, 2012, we had $253.8 million drawn on the ABL facility, our borrowing availability was $162.8 million and we had cash of approximately $12.4 million.

We generally meet long-term liquidity requirements, the repayment of debt and investment funding needs through additional borrowings under the ABL facility and the issuance of debt securities. At December 31, 2011, our long-term debt consisted of $227.7 million of outstanding borrowings on the ABL facility, $226.3 million principal amount of the Metals USA Notes, IRBs with $12.6 million principal amount outstanding, $1.5 million in the form of a note payable in connection with the acquisition of Trident, and $0.5 million of capital lease obligations. We believe that cash flow from operations, supplemented by cash available under the ABL facility, will be sufficient to enable us to meet our debt service and operational obligations as they come due for at least the next twelve months.

With respect to long-term liquidity, we believe that we will be able to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and debt service obligations. Our ability to meet long-term liquidity requirements is subject to obtaining additional debt and/or equity financing. Decisions by lenders and investors to enter into such transactions with us will depend upon a number of factors, such as our historical and projected financial performance, compliance with the terms of our current credit agreements, industry and market trends, the availability of capital, and the relative attractiveness of alternative lending or investment opportunities.

Operating and Investing Activities

Although we do not produce any metal, our financial performance is affected by changes in metal prices. When metal prices rise, the prices at which we are able to sell our products generally increase over their historical costs; accordingly, our working capital (which consists primarily of accounts receivable and inventory) tends to increase in a rising price environment. Conversely, when metal prices fall, our working capital tends to decrease. Our working capital (current assets less current liabilities) increased from $380.2 million at December 31, 2010 to $503.4 million at December 31, 2011.

Changes in metal prices also affect our liquidity because of the time difference between our payment for our raw materials and our collection of cash from our customers. We sell our products and typically collect our accounts receivable within 45 days after the sale; however, we tend to pay for replacement materials (which are more expensive when metal prices are rising) over a much shorter period, primarily to benefit from early-payment discounts that are substantially higher than our cost of incremental debt. As a result, when metal prices are rising, we tend to draw more on the ABL facility to cover the cash flow cycle from material purchase to cash collection. When metal prices fall, we can replace our inventory at lower cost and, thus, generally the ABL facility utilization is reduced. We believe our cash flow from operations, supplemented with the cash available under the ABL facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to meet the challenges and obligations we face during the current metal price environment. Additionally, we intend to look for value-added business opportunities that we can acquire at reasonable prices. We intend to use cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under the ABL facility to fund future investments.

Cash Flows

The following discussion of the principal sources and uses of cash should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows which are set forth under Item 8.“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in operating activities was $12.3 million. Our working capital increased during 2011 as we experienced increasing prices and end market demand. Increases of $48.6 million in our accounts receivable balance and $93.6 million in our inventory value were the primary contributors to operating cash outflows for the period. Accounts receivable increased due to stronger sales which were primarily driven by sharply higher shipments versus the prior year.

Net cash used in investing activities was $109.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and consisted primarily of $88.1 million of acquisition costs, net of cash acquired, for the Trident acquisition, which closed on March 11, 2011, and capital expenditures of $21.8 million. The most significant internal capital project for 2011 was the construction of our Thomasville, Alabama Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous service center.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $117.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which consisted of net borrowings on the ABL facility of $121.7 million offset by $2.9 million of cash paid for loan financing costs and $1.4 million of debt repayments.

Year Ended December 31, 2010

During the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used in operating activities was $56.9 million. This amount was primarily attributable to increases in accounts receivable and inventories. Changes in working capital during 2010 reflected improving business conditions as commodity prices and demand continued to increase. We increased inventory tonnage on hand commensurate with increased levels of shipments to our customers, while prices increased moderately throughout the year, despite some intermittent volatility. Our accounts receivable increased due to higher sales levels in 2010.

Net cash used in investing activities was $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and consisted primarily of $28.0 million for the acquisition of J. Rubin and ORMS in June and December, respectively. Capital expenditures amounted to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no material individual capital investment projects specific to any facilities during 2010.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $98.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and consisted primarily of net proceeds from the IPO of $221.2 million and net borrowings under the ABL facility of $31.0 million, partially offset by the repayments of long-term debt of $146.7 million related to the redemption of the 2007 Notes.

Year Ended December 31, 2009

During the year ended December 31, 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $243.9 million. This amount was primarily attributable to decreases in accounts receivable and inventories. Changes in working capital during 2009 reflect the change in the business environment that began during the fourth quarter of 2008, when we began reducing inventory purchases as a result of weaker demand and declining prices. Our accounts receivable decreased due to lower sales levels in 2009.

Net cash used in investing activities was $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and consisted of proceeds from sales of assets of $0.5 million offset by $4.1 million of capital expenditures and $4.2 million for the acquisition of VR Laser. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the most significant internal capital projects were expansion of our plate processing machinery and equipment at our Tulsa, Oklahoma and York, Pennsylvania Plates and Shapes facilities.

Net cash used in financing activities was $396.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and consisted primarily of net repayments on the ABL facility of $293.0 million, in addition to repayments of other long-term debt of $105.9 million.

 

40


Table of Contents

Covenant Compliance

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA (as defined by the loan and security agreement governing the ABL facility and the Metals USA Notes Indenture) is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash and non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP and should not be used as an alternative to net income as an indicator of operating performance or to cash flow as a measure of liquidity.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

Under the ABL facility, the FCCR is determined on a rolling four-quarter period, often referred to as a last-twelve month period, by dividing (1) the sum of Adjusted EBITDA of Metals USA minus income taxes paid in cash minus non-financed capital expenditures by (2) the sum of certain distributions paid in cash, cash interest expense and scheduled principal reductions on debt paid by Metals USA. Should borrowing availability under the ABL facility fall below Minimum Availability, we must maintain a FCCR of at least 1.0 to 1.0, measured on a trailing four-quarter basis. As of December 31, 2011, our borrowing availability under the ABL facility was $163.8 million. In addition, the FCCR also is an important measure of our liquidity and affects our ability to take certain actions, including paying dividends to stockholders and making acquisitions.

Although the Metals USA Notes Indenture also contains covenants that restrict our ability to incur indebtedness and pay dividends based on our FCCR, the definition and application of the FCCR contained in the Indenture differs from the definition and application of the FCCR in the ABL facility in that the numerator of the FCCR as defined in the Indenture does not include cash income taxes or non-financed capital expenditures and the denominator of the FCCR as defined in the Indenture does not include the sum of certain distributions paid in cash and scheduled principal reductions on debt, and separate FCCRs are required under certain circumstances. See “—Financing Activities” below.

Because access to debt capital is currently and in the future will continue to be important to us, we believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with the covenants in our debt agreements. Failure to comply with the FCCR covenant of the ABL facility can result in limiting our long-term growth prospects by hindering our ability to incur future indebtedness or grow through acquisitions. As of December 31, 2011, our FCCR was 2.82. As of December 31, 2011, we had $163.8 million of additional borrowing capacity under the ABL facility.

The Metals USA Notes Indenture contains covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt and making certain acquisitions, if we are unable to meet defined Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charge coverage ratios (as defined). The covenants in the Indenture require us to have an Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charge coverage ratio (measured on a trailing four-quarter basis and calculated differently from the fixed charge coverage ratio as defined by the ABL facility) of 2.0 to 1.0 to incur “ratio” indebtedness. Based on the calculations for the trailing four quarters, we are able to satisfy these covenants and incur additional indebtedness under these ratios, including for acquisition purposes, under the Indenture.

Our inability to satisfy the terms of the negative covenants in our debt agreements do not, by themselves, constitute covenant violations or events of default. Rather, they are event-related restrictions that may limit or prohibit the Company from taking certain corporate actions.

Limitations of Adjusted EBITDA

There are material limitations associated with making the adjustments to our earnings to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and using such a non-GAAP financial measure as compared to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. For instance, Adjusted EBITDA does not include:

 

   

interest expense, and, because we have borrowed money in order to finance our operations, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

income tax expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of our operations, income tax expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to operate; and

 

   

depreciation and amortization expense, and, because we use capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate revenue.

In addition, fixed charges should not be considered an alternative to interest expense.

Below is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions, except ratios)  

Net income

   $ 64.6      $ 11.5      $ 3.5   

Depreciation and amortization (1)

     23.3        19.8        21.2   

Interest expense

     36.6        38.9        63.5   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     —          3.5        (92.1

Provision for income taxes

     33.9        6.3        2.8   

Other expense

     0.1        —          0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     158.5        80.0        (0.9

Covenant defined adjustments:

      

Non-cash employee benefit expense (2)

     2.4        1.2        0.4   

Facilities closure (3)

     0.6        —          2.1   

Advisory agreement fees and other costs (4)

     —          3.8        1.2   

Acquisition expenses (5)

     1.6        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     163.1        85.0        2.8   

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     —          0.3        —     

Provision for bad debts

     2.9        2.4        2.9   

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts on long-term debt

     2.9        4.3        5.1   

Deferred income taxes

     15.4        1.1        32.1   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          (0.1     —     

Non-cash interest on PIK option

     —          6.2        21.0   

Cash payment on PIK option

     —          (23.2     —     

Advisory agreement termination charge

     —          3.3        —     

Interest expense

     (36.6     (38.9     (63.5

Provision for income taxes

     (33.9     (6.3     (2.8

Other expense

     (1.0     —          (0.2

Facilities closure

     (0.6     —          (2.1

Advisory agreement fees and other costs

     —          (3.8     (1.2

Acquisition expenses

     (1.6     —          —     

Changes in assets and liabilities

     (122.9     (87.2     249.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (12.3   $ (56.9   $ 243.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (109.6   $ (31.3   $ (7.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 117.4      $ 98.8      $ (396.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charge coverage ratio numerator (6)

   $ 119.9      $ 88.5      $ 15.8   

Fixed charge coverage ratio denominator (6)

   $ 42.5      $ 36.3      $ 37.6   

FCCR (6)

     2.82        2.44        0.42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes depreciation for Building Products that is included in cost of sales.
(2) Primarily stock-based compensation expense.

 

42


Table of Contents
(3) This amount represents charges for the closure of nine facilities in our Building Products Group and one facility in our Plates and Shapes Group during 2009, in addition to one facility in our Plates and Shapes Group during 2011.
(4) Primarily represents expenses related to the advisory agreement we had with Apollo.
(5) Primarly related to the acquisiton of Trident, which closed in March 2011.
(6) These amounts represent the FCCR numerator, the FCCR denominator, and the FCCR, each as defined by the ABL facility.

Financing Activities

The ABL Facility

On December 17, 2010, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA, and certain subsidiaries of Metals USA entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. Flag Intermediate and Metals USA are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Metals USA Holdings Corp.

The ABL Credit Agreement provides for borrowing of up to $500.0 million of Tranche A commitments and $35.0 million of first-in, last-out (“FILO”) Tranche A-1 commitments (which may be increased up to $750.0 million at the option of Metals USA, including $35.0 million under the FILO tranche), under the 5-year, senior secured ABL facility that amended and restated Metals USA’s then-existing $625.0 million senior secured asset-based credit facility that was scheduled to mature on November 30, 2011.

On March 9, 2011, we activated $25.0 million of the FILO tranche. The ABL facility permits us to borrow on a revolving basis through the earlier of November 30, 2015 and 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity of the Metals USA Notes, unless the Metals USA Notes are refinanced to a date more than 5 years and 60 days after the closing date of the ABL facility and/or repaid prior to such date. Substantially all of our subsidiaries are borrowers under the ABL facility.

On August 10, 2011, we amended the ABL facility by reducing the borrowing costs on the Tranche A commitments by 75 basis points and reducing the borrowing costs on the FILO tranche by 62.5 basis points. Under the amendment, the maturity date of the ABL facility was extended to the earlier of August 10, 2016 or 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity of the Metals USA Notes, unless the Metals USA Notes are refinanced to a date more than 5 years and 60 days after the closing date of the ABL facility and/or repaid prior to such date. The ABL facility remains subject to the same acceleration provision with respect to the maturity of the Metals USA Notes described above.

Borrowing Base. The maximum availability under the ABL facility is based on eligible receivables and eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves. Our borrowing availability fluctuates daily with changes in eligible receivables and inventory, less outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The borrowing base is equal to:

 

   

85% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable, plus

 

   

the lesser of (x) 80% of the lesser of the original cost or market value of eligible inventory and (y) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, plus

 

   

an incremental amount of the lesser of (x) the maximum commitments under the FILO tranche and (y) the sum of (i) 5% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable and (ii) 5% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory during the effectiveness of any FILO tranche, less

 

   

reserves.

The ABL facility provides sub-limits for up to $25.0 million of swingline loans and up to $100.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit. Both the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit and any swingline loans will reduce borrowing availability under the ABL facility on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

43


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, we had $415.4 million of eligible collateral, $227.7 million in outstanding advances, $23.9 million in open letters of credit and $163.8 million of additional borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2011, we had $12.1 million of cash.

At March 7, 2012, we had $439.3 million of eligible collateral, $253.8 million in outstanding advances, $22.7 million in open letters of credit and $162.8 million of additional borrowing capacity. As of March 7, 2011, we had approximately $12.4 million of cash.

Guarantees and Security. Substantially all of our subsidiaries are defined as “borrowers” under the ABL Credit Agreement. The obligations under the ABL facility are guaranteed by Flag Intermediate and certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a first-priority lien and security interest in, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and deposit accounts of Flag Intermediate, Metals USA and the subsidiaries of Metals USA party to the ABL Credit Agreement and a second-priority lien and security interest in, among other things, substantially all other tangible and intangible personal and real property owned by such companies, subject to certain exceptions.

Interest Rate and Fees. At Metals USA’s option, interest accrues on the loans made under the ABL facility at either LIBOR plus a specified margin (set at 1.75% (3.25% for the FILO tranche) as of December 31, 2011), or the base rate (which is based off of the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, Bank of America’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.00%), plus a specified margin (set at 0.75% (2.25% for the FILO tranche) as of December 31, 2011). Under the ABL facility amendment that was executed on August 10, 2011, the specified margins over LIBOR were reduced by 75 basis points for the Tranche A commitments and 62.5 basis points for the FILO tranche. The marginal rates vary based on our average monthly excess availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement). The applicable base rate and the effective LIBOR rate for the loans made under the ABL facility were 3.25% and 0.55%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

A commitment fee is payable on any unused commitment equal to 0.25% per annum to the lenders under the ABL facility if utilization under the facility exceeds 40.0% of the total commitments under the facility and a commitment fee equal to 0.375% per annum if utilization under the facility is less than or equal to 40.0% of the total commitments under the facility. Customary letter of credit fees are also payable, as necessary.

Certain Conditions Precedent and Covenants. As a condition precedent to any borrowing or issuance of a letter of credit, a material adverse effect shall not have occurred or exist. The ABL facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur or guarantee additional debt, subject to certain exceptions, pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect to capital stock, repay debt, create or incur certain liens, make certain loans or investments, make acquisitions or investments, engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The ABL facility requires a lock-box arrangement for collection of accounts receivable and proceeds from sales of inventory. Metals USA may make withdrawals from the lock-box unless an event of default exists or borrowing availability is less than the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 12.5% of the lesser of (A) the borrowing base (not to exceed $62.5 million) and (B) the aggregate commitment. We do not have to maintain a minimum FCCR as long as our borrowing availability is greater than or equal to the Minimum Availability, defined as the greater of (i) $45.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the aggregate commitment. We must maintain an FCCR of at least 1.0 to 1.0 if borrowing availability falls below the Minimum Availability. For purposes of determining covenant compliance, the FCCR is determined by dividing (i) the sum of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) minus income taxes paid in cash (excluding certain specified deferred taxes) minus non-financed capital expenditures by (ii) the sum of certain distributions paid in cash, cash interest expense and scheduled principal reductions on debt, and is calculated based on such amounts for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available. FCCR and Adjusted EBITDA are each calculated on a pro forma basis. As of December 31, 2011, our FCCR was 2.82.

Certain Events of Default and Remedies. The ABL facility contains events of default with respect to: default in payment of principal when due, default in the payment of interest, fees or other amounts after a specified grace

 

44


Table of Contents

period, material breach of the representations or warranties, default in the performance of covenants, a default that causes or permits acceleration under any indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of a specified amount, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA violations, invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments, or a change of control. In the event of default, the ABL Credit Agreement may permit a majority of the lenders to: (i) restrict the amount of or refuse to make revolving loans; (ii) cause customer receipts to be applied against borrowings under the ABL facility which would cause Metals USA to suffer a rapid loss of liquidity and restrict the ability to operate on a day-to-day basis; (iii) restrict or refuse to provide letters of credit; or ultimately: (iv) terminate the commitments and the agreement; or (v) declare any or all obligations to be immediately due and payable if such default is not cured in the specified period required. Any payment default or acceleration under the ABL facility would also result in a default under the Metals USA Notes that would provide the holders of the Metals USA Notes with the right to demand immediate repayment.

Interest Rate Swaps. In February 2008, $250.0 million notional amount of outstanding borrowings under the ABL facility were swapped from a floating LIBOR-based rate to a fixed rate. The swaps entitled us to receive quarterly payments of interest at a floating rate indexed to three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate that ranged from 2.686% to 2.997%, converting a portion of the outstanding borrowings on our ABL facility from a floating rate obligation to a fixed rate obligation. Pretax realized gains and losses from the Company’s ABL facility interest rate swaps which were recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $0.1 million of additional interest expense, consisting of $1.8 million of settlements, offset by $1.7 million of changes in the fair value of derivatives. The Company’s ABL facility interest rate swaps expired during the second quarter of 2011.

The Metals USA Notes

On the closing date of the Merger, we received approximately $268.0 million of net cash proceeds from the sale of $275.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Metals USA Notes, after deducting expenses of the offering. Interest on the Metals USA Notes accrues at the rate of 11 1/8% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 and commenced on June 1, 2006. The Metals USA Notes will mature on December 1, 2015. We may redeem some or all of the Metals USA Notes at any time on or after December 1, 2010, at a predetermined redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date. If we experience a change of control and we do not redeem the Metals USA Notes, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Metals USA Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Under the Metals USA Notes Indenture, we are required to pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above rate and are required to pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful. The Metals USA Notes Indenture contains the covenants described under “—Covenant Compliance” above.

The Metals USA Notes Indenture contains certain customary events of default, including (subject, in some cases, to customary cure period thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the Metals USA Notes Indenture when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (4) bankruptcy events and (5) material judgments. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011.

Industrial Revenue Bonds

Metals USA is a conduit bond obligor on IRBs issued by the municipalities of Muskogee, Oklahoma and Jeffersonville, Indiana. As of December 31, 2011, our total indebtedness under the IRBs was $12.6 million. The IRBs are secured by certain real estate, leasehold improvements and equipment acquired with proceeds from the IRBs. The Muskogee IRB is due in one lump sum of $5.7 million on May 1, 2023. The Jeffersonville IRBs had principal amounts outstanding of $4.0 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2011, and are being redeemed

 

45


Table of Contents

in varying amounts annually through August 2021 and December 2027, respectively. The interest rates assessed on the IRBs vary from month to month. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on the IRBs was 0.26%. The IRBs place various restrictions on certain of our subsidiaries, including but not limited to maintenance of required insurance coverage, maintenance of certain financial ratios, limits on capital expenditures and maintenance of tangible net worth and are supported by letters of credit. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011.

Interest Rate Swaps. In November 2004 and December 2007, ORMS, which we acquired on December 31, 2010, entered into two separate interest rate swap agreements in connection with the Jeffersonville IRBs discussed above. The notional amounts under these swaps correspond to the principal amounts of the IRBs. The first swap agreement matured in December 2011. The second swap agreement matures in December 2017, and had notional value of $4.0 million as of December 31, 2011, an amount that is reduced on an annual basis as the IRB is redeemed. Under the swaps, the notional amounts under the Jeffersonville IRBs were swapped from a floating rate based on a rate established by the Securities Industry and Financial Market Association (“SIFMA”) to fixed rates of 4.00% and 3.75%, converting the outstanding borrowings on the Jeffersonville IRBs from floating rate obligations to fixed rate obligations. Pretax realized gains and losses from these derivatives are recognized in earnings as an addition or reduction to interest expense, consisting of cash settlements and changes in the fair value of derivatives. The fair value of the ORMS interest rate swap was $0.6 million at December 31, 2011, which was classified as other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

2007 Notes

On July 10, 2007, Metals USA Holdings issued $300.0 million initial aggregate principal amount of the 2007 Notes.

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings called for redemption of all of its remaining outstanding 2007 Notes, representing an aggregate principal amount of approximately $169.6 million as of the date thereof. The redemption price of the 2007 Notes was 100% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including the Redemption Date. All of the 2007 Notes were redeemed on the Redemption Date. The Company did not incur any early termination penalties in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO, as described more fully in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, to finance the redemption. The aggregate cash payment for the redemption, including accrued and unpaid interest, was approximately $170.9 million. During the second quarter of 2010, $1.1 million and $2.4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount, respectively, were written off and charged to expense in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes.

Restricted Payments

Both the ABL facility and the Metals USA Notes Indenture contain restrictions as to the payment of dividends. Under the ABL Credit Agreement, general distributions are unlimited if the FCCR is at least 1.1:1.0 and availability (including a 30 day lookback) exceeds the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 15% of the lesser of the borrowing base (not to exceed $75.0 million) and the aggregate commitments. As of December 31, 2011, our FCCR was 2.82, and our borrowing availability was $163.8 million.

As of December 31, 2011, $28.9 million was available for general distribution under the restricted payment covenant contained in the Metals USA Notes Indenture. As of December 31, 2011, Flag Intermediate and its wholly owned subsidiary, Metals USA, had $220.7 million of total stockholder’s equity.

We believe that cash flow from operations, supplemented by cash available under the ABL facility, will be sufficient to enable us to meet our debt service and operational obligations as they come due for at least the next twelve months.

 

46


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. We believe the resolution of these matters and the incurrence of their related costs and expenses should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We were not engaged in off-balance sheet arrangements through any unconsolidated, limited purpose entities and no material guarantees of debt or other commitments to third parties existed at December 31, 2011.

Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 consist of letters of credit in the amount of $14.0 million in conjunction with the IRBs and other letters of credit aggregating $9.9 million (total letters of credit of $23.9 million at December 31, 2011). Other letters of credit consist primarily of collateral support for our property and casualty insurance program. All letters of credit reduce the amount available to borrow under the ABL facility.

Contractual Obligations

We enter into operating leases for many of our facility, vehicle and equipment needs. These leases allow us to conserve cash by paying a monthly lease rental fee for the use of, rather than purchase of, facilities, vehicles and equipment. At the end of the lease, we have no further obligation to the lessor. We have varying amounts of open purchase orders that are subject to renegotiation/cancellation by either party as to quantity or price. Generally, the amounts outstanding relate to delivery periods of up to 12 weeks from the date of the purchase order.

Our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 include the following:

 

            For the Fiscal Years Ended December 31,  
     Total      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Beyond  
            (in millions)  

ABL facility (1)

   $ 227.7       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 227.7       $ —         $ —     

Purchase obligations

     292.3         292.3         —           —           —           —           —     

Metals USA Notes

     327.1         25.2         25.2         25.2         251.5         —           —     

IRBs (2)

     12.6         0.4         0.4         0.4         0.4         0.5         10.5   

Other obligations (3)

     8.0         1.2         1.3         1.2         0.7         0.6         3.0   

Operating lease obligations

     37.1         11.5         8.3         6.2         5.4         2.6         3.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (4)

   $ 904.8       $ 330.6       $ 35.2       $ 33.0       $ 485.7       $ 3.7       $ 16.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The amounts stated do not include interest costs. The ABL facility bears interest based upon a margin over reference rates established within a specific pricing grid. The marginal rates will vary based on availability. The applicable base rate and the effective LIBOR rate were 3.25% and 0.55%, respectively, on December 31, 2011.
(2) The amounts do not include interest costs. The interest rates assessed on the IRBs vary from month to month based on an index of mutual bonds. The weighted average IRB rate was 0.26% as of December 31, 2011.
(3) Consists of (i) note payable in connection with the Trident acquisition of approximately $1.5 million, (ii) capital lease of approximately $0.5 million, and (iii) a multiemployer pension fund withdrawal liability of approximately $6.0 million.
(4) Excludes payments for unrecognized tax benefits. We believe it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1.0 million in the consolidated liability for unrecognized tax benefits related to federal and state tax uncertainties may occur within the next twelve months. In addition, we believe that it is reasonably possible that approximately $1.5 million of other remaining unrecognized tax benefits, each of which is individually insignificant, may be recognized within the next twelve months as a result of a lapse in the statute of limitations. For additional information see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

47


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of this process forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We review our estimates and judgments on a regular, ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates due to changed circumstances and conditions.

The following accounting policies and estimates are considered critical in light of the potentially material impact that the estimates, judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of these policies might have on our reported financial information.

Accounts Receivable

We generally recognize revenue as product is shipped (risk of loss for our products generally passes at time of shipment), net of provisions for estimated returns. Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts and notes receivable. Collections on our accounts receivable are made through several lockboxes maintained by our lenders. Credit risk associated with concentration of cash deposits is low as we have the right of offset with our lenders for the substantial portion of our cash balances. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are within several industries. Generally, credit is extended once appropriate credit history and references have been obtained. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of customers and set credit limits based upon reviews of customers’ current credit information and payment history. We monitor customer payments and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. Provisions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made monthly and adjustments are made periodically based upon our expected ability to collect all such accounts. Generally we do not require collateral for the extension of credit.

Each month we consider all available information when assessing the adequacy of the provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts. Adjustments made with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts often relate to improved information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. The rate of future credit losses may not be similar to past experience.

Inventories

As of December 31, 2011 we had inventories of $402.5 million. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”). Our inventories are accounted for using a variety of methods including specific identification, average cost and the first-in, first-out method of accounting. Under the LCM concept, the Company is required to recognize an additional expense in cost of sales in the current period for any inventory whose replacement cost has declined below its carrying cost.

We conduct an LCM inventory valuation annually as of December 31 or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential write-downs. The LCM valuation requires us to review product specific facts and circumstances, including current selling prices, estimated costs to complete and deliver the product, expectations for normal profit margins, costs currently in inventory, as well as current replacement costs.

In addition to making an assessment of current selling prices relative to product cost, we also review customer purchasing trends and take into consideration the current economic conditions as they relate to our industry and the end-use industries of our customers.

 

48


Table of Contents

During 2008 and 2009, the global financial crisis caused significant contraction in industrial production world-wide. The reduction in demand for metals was driven by widespread inventory destocking throughout the supply chain as industry participants looked to preserve liquidity by reducing their investment in working capital. As a direct consequence of the rapid and unprecedented decline in metals prices we experienced as a result of the economic recession discussed above, we recorded $53.4 million of write-downs during the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $6.8 million of write-downs during the year ended December 31, 2008, for inventory LCM adjustments in our metal service center businesses.

We have not recorded any LCM adjustments since 2009, as metal selling prices relative to metal costs have been more favorable since approximately the second quarter of 2009. We continue to manage our inventory by working to optimize the tradeoff between holding inventory and forgoing incremental sales.

We regularly review inventory on hand and may periodically record provisions for damaged and slow-moving inventory based on the factors discussed above. Adjustments made with respect to inventory valuation often relate to improved information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to inventory valuation are inherent in the preparation of financial statements. The rate of future losses associated with damaged or slow moving inventory, or LCM write-downs, may not be similar to past experience.

Goodwill

The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations requires the Company to make use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for acquisitions to the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. We perform a goodwill impairment test annually as of October 31. In addition, goodwill would be tested more frequently if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicates that a potential impairment exists.

We test for impairment of goodwill by first making a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we proceed to the two-step approach as prescribed in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 – “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). The first step of the impairment test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value including assigned goodwill. The second step of the impairment test is required only in situations where the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value as determined in the first step. In such instances, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill.

We use the present value of future cash flows to determine fair value in combination with the market approach. While we believe that our key assumptions and estimates are consistent with those a hypothetical market participant would use given circumstances that are present at the time the estimates are made, future operating results could reasonably differ from our estimates and could require a provision for impairment in a future period.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-29 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” (“ASU 2010-29”) which amended ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” to specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should

 

49


Table of Contents

disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The ASU also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures under ASC Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and the amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The ASU is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We have disclosed the required information in accordance with ASU 2010-29 as it relates to the Trident acquisition described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”) which will amend some of the guidance in ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income” regarding how companies must present comprehensive income. The main provisions of ASU 2011-05 provide that an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income has the option to present comprehensive income in either a single statement or two separate statements. A single statement would contain the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and total other comprehensive income, and a total for all comprehensive income. In a two-statement approach, an entity must present the components of net income and total net income in the first statement. That statement must be immediately followed by a financial statement that presents the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for all comprehensive income. The ASU is intended to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements and to facilitate convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in ASU 2011-05 are to be applied retrospectively. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company expects to include the expanded disclosures about comprehensive income within its financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2012. ASU 2011-05 impacts presentation only and will have no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”) which amends the guidance in ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” on testing goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not be required to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. The ASU’s objective is to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. ASU 2008-11 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to adopt ASU 2011-08 in the fourth quarter of 2011, coinciding with its 2011 annual goodwill impairment test. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of our business, we are exposed to market risk, primarily from changes in interest rates and the cost of metal we hold in inventory. We continually monitor exposure to market risk and develop appropriate strategies to manage this risk. With respect to our metal purchases, there is no recognized market to purchase derivative financial instruments to reduce the inventory exposure risks. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of market risk relative to steel prices.

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the ABL facility, which is subject to variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, outstanding borrowings under the ABL facility were $227.7 million. Based on the weighted average borrowings outstanding on the ABL facility during the year ended December 31, 2011, a one percent increase or decrease in the weighted average facility rate would have resulted in a change to pretax interest expense of approximately $2.2 million for the period.

 

50


Table of Contents

In November 2004 and December 2007, ORMS, which we acquired on December 31, 2010, entered into two separate interest rate swap agreements in connection with the Jeffersonville IRBs discussed above. The notional amounts under these swaps correspond to the principal amounts of the IRBs. The first swap agreement matured in December 2011. The second swap agreement matures in December 2017, and had notional value of $4.0 million as of December 31, 2011, an amount that is reduced on an annual basis as the IRB is redeemed. Under the swaps, the notional amounts under the Jeffersonville IRBs were swapped from a floating rate based on a rate established by SIFMA to fixed rates of 4.00% and 3.75%, converting the outstanding borrowings on the Jeffersonville IRBs from floating rate obligations to fixed rate obligations. Pretax realized gains and losses from these derivatives are recognized in earnings as an addition or reduction to interest expense, consisting of cash settlements and changes in the fair value of derivatives. The fair value of the ORMS interest rate swap was $0.6 million at December 31, 2011, which was classified as other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2011, $226.3 million aggregate principal amount of Metals USA Notes were outstanding with a fixed interest rate of 11 1/8%. Changes in market interest rates will not impact cash interest payable on the Metals USA Notes. At March 2, 2012, the Metals USA Notes were traded at approximately 103.88% of face value, based on quoted market prices.

 

51


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Metals USA Holdings Corp.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Metals USA Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Metals USA Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Boca Raton, Florida

March 14, 2012

 

52


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 12.1       $ 16.6   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $6.9 and $5.9, respectively

     212.2         149.3   

Inventories

     402.5         290.8   

Deferred income tax asset

     7.9         12.0   

Prepayments and other

     9.4         9.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     644.1         478.5   

Property and equipment, net

     247.8         198.8   

Intangible assets, net

     26.6         7.4   

Goodwill

     52.8         47.3   

Other assets

     13.5         13.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 984.8       $ 745.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 110.0       $ 66.6   

Accrued liabilities

     29.7         30.6   

Current portion of long-term debt

     1.0         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     140.7         98.3   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     467.6         345.4   

Deferred income tax liability

     97.1         88.5   

Other long-term liabilities

     22.3         22.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     727.7         554.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —           —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, 37,059,236 issued and 37,058,507 outstanding at December 31, 2011, and 37,024,842 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

     0.4      

 

0.4

  

Additional paid-in capital

     231.3         229.8   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     25.1         (39.5

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     0.3         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     257.1         191.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 984.8       $ 745.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010      2009  

Net Sales

   $ 1,885.9       $ 1,292.1       $ 1,098.7   

Operating costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales (exclusive of operating and delivery, and depreciation and amortization shown below)

     1,445.7         996.7         890.1   

Operating and delivery

     175.7         131.9         126.7   

Selling, general and administrative

     108.1         81.9         85.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     21.2         17.8         18.9   

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     —           0.3         —     

Advisory agreement termination charge

     —           3.3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     135.2         60.2         (22.1

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense

     36.6         38.9         63.5   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     —           3.5         (92.1

Other expense, net

     0.1         —           0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     98.5         17.8         6.3   

Provision for income taxes

     33.9         6.3         2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 64.6       $ 11.5       $ 3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income per share:

        

Income per share—basic

   $ 1.74       $ 0.34       $ 0.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income per share—diluted

   $ 1.73       $ 0.34       $ 0.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of common shares used in the per share calculation:

        

Basic

     37.0         33.8         24.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     37.3         34.1         24.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Common Stock ($0.01 Par)

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 0.4      $ 0.2      $ 0.2   

Issuance of common stock

     —          0.2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 0.4      $ 0.4      $ 0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 229.8      $ 7.5      $ 6.3   

Stock-based compensation

     1.5        1.2        0.4   

Issuance of common stock

     —          221.0        2.7   

Other

     —          0.1        (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 231.3      $ 229.8      $ 7.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (39.5   $ (51.0   $ (54.5

Net income

     64.6        11.5        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 25.1      $ (39.5   $ (51.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ (0.2   $ 0.2      $ 0.7   

Deferred hedging gains

     0.1        0.6        1.7   

Deferred securities valuation gains

     —          —          0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income taxes

     (0.1     0.8        2.6   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at beginning of period

     0.4        (0.4     (3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at end of period

   $ 0.3      $ 0.4      $ (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

      

Net income

   $ 64.6      $ 11.5      $ 3.5   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (0.1     0.8        2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 64.5      $ 12.3      $ 6.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 64.6      $ 11.5      $ 3.5   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     —          0.3        —     

Provision for bad debts

     2.9        2.4        2.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     23.3        19.8        21.2   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     —          3.5        (92.1

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts on long-term debt

     2.9        4.3        5.1   

Deferred income taxes

     15.4        1.1        32.1   

Stock-based compensation

     1.5        1.2        0.4   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          (0.1     —     

Non-cash interest on PIK option

     —          6.2        21.0   

Cash payment of interest on PIK option

     —          (23.2     —     

Advisory agreement termination charge

     —          3.3        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable

     (48.6     (13.8     54.9   

Inventories

     (93.6     (64.0     206.6   

Prepayments and other

     0.5        (3.0     —     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     18.6        (6.5     (11.0

Other operating

     0.2        0.1        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (12.3     (56.9     243.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Sales of assets

     0.3        0.7        0.5   

Purchases of assets

     (21.8     (4.0     (4.1

Acquisition costs, net of cash acquired

     (88.1     (28.0     (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (109.6     (31.3     (7.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings on credit facility

     233.8        99.5        119.0   

Repayments on credit facility

     (112.1     (68.5     (412.0

Repayments of long-term debt

     (1.4     (146.7     (105.9

Deferred financing costs

     (2.9     (6.8     —     

Exercise of stock options

     —          —          2.7   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          0.1        —     

Net proceeds from initial public stock offering

     —          221.2        —     

Other financing

     —          —          (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     117.4        98.8        (396.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (4.5     10.6        (160.7

Cash, beginning of period

     16.6        6.0        166.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

   $ 12.1      $ 16.6      $ 6.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 36.0      $ 59.2      $ 41.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 21.8      $ 1.4      $ 3.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash received for income taxes

   $ (0.4   $ (16.4   $ (20.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments in property and equipment not paid

   $ 0.7      $ 0.5      $ 0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of the Business

Metals USA Holdings Corp. (“Metals USA Holdings”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation (“Flag Intermediate”) and Metals USA, Inc. (“Metals USA”) are referred to collectively herein as the “Company,” “we” or “our.” Metals USA prior to its November 30, 2005 acquisition by Apollo Management V L.P. (“Apollo Management” and together with its affiliated investment entities “Apollo” or “Apollo V”) (the “Merger”) is referred to herein as the “Predecessor Company.”

We believe that we are a leading provider of value-added processed carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum and specialty metals, as well as manufactured metal components. For the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 95% of our revenue was derived from our metals service center and processing activities, which are segmented into two groups: Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group and Plates and Shapes Group. The remaining portion of our revenue was derived from our Building Products Group, which principally manufactures and sells aluminum products related to the residential remodeling industry. We purchase metal from primary producers that generally focus on large volume sales of unprocessed metals in standard configurations and sizes. In most cases, we perform the customized, value-added processing services required to meet the specifications provided by end-use customers. Our Plates and Shapes Group and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group customers are in the aerospace, automotive industry manufacturing, defense, heavy equipment, marine transportation, commercial construction, office furniture manufacturing, and energy and oilfield services industries. Our Building Products Group customers are primarily distributors and contractors engaged in the residential remodeling industry.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Metals USA Holdings, Flag Intermediate, and Metals USA and its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities known to exist as of the date the financial statements are published, and (iii) the reported amount of net sales and expenses recognized during the periods presented. Adjustments made with respect to the use of estimates often relate to improved information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and assumptions are inherent in the preparation of financial statements; accordingly, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reserves for Roofing Product Warranty Costs. Consistent with industry practice, the Company provides homeowners a manufacturer’s lifetime transferable limited warranty on its roofing products manufactured by the Building Products segment. The current warranty states that each roofing panel will be free from manufacturer’s defects in workmanship and materials for the lifetime of the original owner, or if transferred by the original owner 50 years from the date of installation. The warranty provides certain guarantees against weather and combustion, among other things. Depending on the facts and circumstances, the Company has various options for remedying product warranty claims including repair or replacement. Provisions for future warranty costs are recorded based on management’s estimates of future warranty costs, which incorporate historical trends of claims experience, sales history of products to which such costs relate, and other factors. We utilize an independent actuarial consultant to assist management in the determination of the adequacy of reserves for roofing product warranty costs. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $0.6 and $0.5, respectively, of estimated future warranty costs were classified in accrued liabilities, and $3.1 and $2.8, respectively, were classified as other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

57


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—The determination of collectability of the Company’s accounts receivable requires management to make frequent judgments and estimates in order to determine the appropriate amount of allowance needed for doubtful accounts. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated to cover the risk of loss related to accounts receivable. This allowance is maintained at a level we consider appropriate based on historical and other factors that affect collectibility. These factors include historical trends of write-offs, recoveries and credit losses, the careful monitoring of customer credit quality, and projected economic and market conditions. Different assumptions or changes in economic circumstances could result in changes to the allowance.

Inventories—Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We conduct a lower of cost or market inventory valuation annually as of December 31 or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential write-downs. Our inventories are accounted for using a variety of methods including specific identification, average cost and the first-in first-out method of accounting. Inventory quantities are regularly reviewed and provisions for excess or obsolete inventory are recorded primarily based on our forecast of future demand and market conditions.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts—We provide reserves for the collection of accounts receivable. The reserves for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are summarized below:

 

            Additions               
     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charged
to Costs  &
Expenses
     Deductions     Balance at
End of  Year
 

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 5.9       $ 2.9       $ (1.9   $ 6.9   

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 6.3       $ 2.4       $ (2.8   $ 5.9   

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

          

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 8.8       $ 2.9       $ (5.4   $ 6.3   

Financial Derivatives—We use financial derivatives to mitigate the Company’s exposure to volatility in interest rates. The Company hedges only exposures in the ordinary course of business. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), which requires all derivatives to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value and meet certain documentary and analytical requirements to qualify for hedge accounting treatment.

We do not apply hedge accounting to our outstanding interest rate swaps. We account for gains and losses on our interest rate swap derivatives based on realized and unrealized amounts. Realized gains and losses are determined by actual derivative settlements during the period. Unrealized gains and losses are based on the periodic mark to market valuation of our derivative contracts in place. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts are recognized in earnings during the current period, as prescribed by ASC 815.

 

58


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Fair values of derivatives are determined from market observation or dealer quotations. Interest rate swap derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2011, have a remaining term of approximately six years. See Note 6 for additional information on underlying hedge categories, notional and fair values of derivatives, types and classifications of derivatives used, and gains and losses from hedging activity.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment is stated at cost, and depreciation is computed using the straight-line method, net of estimated salvage values, over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures which extend the useful lives of existing equipment are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets—Long-lived assets are comprised principally of property and equipment. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment losses are recorded on assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the residual between the consideration transferred in a business combination and the net of the acquisition-date amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed measured at fair value. We use estimates and judgments to measure the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 31 and, when specific circumstances may be present, between annual tests. We test for impairment by first making a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we proceed to the two-step impairment test. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we proceed to the second step, which is to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill to its carrying value. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a weighting of the income and market approaches. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value based on market multiples of earnings for comparable companies.

Our October 31, 2011 annual review of goodwill indicated that goodwill was not impaired.

Intangible Assets—Management estimates of the fair value of intangible assets are based on various techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows over the life of the asset being evaluated, which is corroborated by external appraisal information. Adjustments to management’s valuations may be recorded in certain circumstances where, in the opinion of management, appraisal information may be more reflective of current appraisal techniques or may be more representative of the specific attributes of the business or assets for which the independent valuation is being performed.

 

59


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

We evaluate the recoverability of identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an intangible asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, (2) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or (3) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset. We measure the carrying amount of the asset against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with it. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying value of the asset being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows over the life of the asset being evaluated.

Debt Issuance Costs—We defer certain expenses incurred to obtain debt financing and amortize these costs to interest expense over the term of the respective agreements.

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities—ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. The Company’s interest rate swap derivatives are valued using market data which is derived by combining certain inputs with quantitative models and processes to generate interest rate forward curves and discount factors (see Note 6).

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but which are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities as determined by market participants.

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

     December 31,      Fair Value Measurements  at
Reporting Date
 
     2011      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0.6       $ —         $ 0.6       $ —     
     December 31,                       
     2010                       

Interest rate swaps

   $ 2.3       $ —         $ 2.3       $ —     

Our receivables, payables, prepayments and accrued liabilities are current assets and obligations and, accordingly, the recorded values are believed by management to approximate fair value. Our 11 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Metals USA Notes”) are thinly traded public debt instruments; accordingly, their market prices at any balance sheet date may not be representative of the prices which would be derived from a more active market. The fair value of publicly traded debt is determined based on quoted market prices. The fair value of the Company’s debt that is not traded and is fixed-rate is estimated by discounting the interest payments and principal amount at the Company’s current borrowing rate (yield to maturity). For floating rate debt that is not traded, fair value is not sensitive to interest rates since coupons float with Treasury or London Interbank

 

60


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) yields, and book value is a reasonable approximation of fair value after considering the stability of the Company’s default risk. The estimated fair value of current and long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $476.4 and $357.5, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation—The functional currency for our Canadian subsidiary, Allmet, is the Canadian dollar. We translate the functional currency into U.S. dollars based on the current exchange rate at the end of the period for the balance sheet and a weighted average rate for the period on the statement of operations. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)—The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as of December 31 are summarized below.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Foreign currency translation

   $ 0.3       $ 0.5   

Deferred hedging losses

     —           (0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 0.3       $ 0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue recognition—We recognize revenues generally when products are shipped and our significant obligations have been satisfied. Shipping and handling costs billed to our customers are accounted for as revenues. Risk of loss for products shipped generally passes at the time of shipment. Provisions are made currently for estimated returns.

Cost of sales—Our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups classify, within cost of sales, the underlying commodity cost of metal purchased in mill form, the cost of inbound freight charges together with third-party processing cost, if any.

Cost of sales with respect to our Building Products Group includes the cost of raw materials, manufacturing labor and overhead costs, together with depreciation and amortization expense associated with property, buildings and equipment used in the manufacturing process.

Operating and delivery expenses—Our operating and delivery expense reflects the cost incurred by our Plates and Shapes and Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Groups for labor and facility costs associated with the value-added metal processing services that we provide. With respect to our Building Products Group, operating costs are associated with the labor and facility costs attributable to the warehousing of our finished goods at our service center facilities. Delivery expense reflects labor, material handling and other third-party costs incurred with the delivery of product to customers.

Delivery expense totaled $50.3, $36.8 and $32.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expenses—Selling, general and administrative expenses include sales and marketing expenses, executive officers’ compensation, office and administrative salaries, insurance, accounting, legal, computer systems, and professional services costs not directly associated with the processing, manufacturing, operating or delivery costs of our products.

 

61


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Depreciation and amortization—Depreciation and amortization expense represents the costs associated with property, buildings and equipment used throughout the Company except for depreciation and amortization expense associated with the manufacturing assets employed by our Building Products Group, which is included within cost of sales. This caption also includes amortization of intangible assets.

Income taxes—Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We consider future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-29 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” (“ASU 2010-29”) which amended ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” to specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The ASU also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures under ASC Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and the amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The ASU is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We have disclosed the required information in accordance with ASU 2010-29 as it relates to the Trident acquisition described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”) which will amend some of the guidance in ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income” regarding how companies must present comprehensive income. The main provisions of ASU 2011-05 provide that an entity that reports items of other comprehensive income has the option to present comprehensive income in either a single statement or two separate statements. A single statement would contain the components of net income and total net income, the components of other comprehensive income and total other comprehensive income, and a total for all comprehensive income. In a two-statement approach, an entity must present the components of net income and total net income in the first statement. That statement must be immediately followed by a financial statement that presents the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for all comprehensive income. The ASU is intended to increase the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements and to facilitate convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in ASU 2011-05 are to be applied retrospectively. For public entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company expects to include the expanded disclosures about comprehensive income within its financial statements beginning in the first quarter of 2012. ASU 2011-05 impacts presentation only and will have no effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”) which amends the guidance in ASC 350 on testing goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than

 

62


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not be required to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. The ASU’s objective is to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. ASU 2008-11 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to adopt ASU 2011-08 in the fourth quarter of 2011, coinciding with its 2011 annual goodwill impairment test. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

2. Acquisitions

The Richardson Trident Company

On March 11, 2011, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of The Richardson Trident Company (“Trident”). Trident’s results of operations have been included in the consolidated statement of operations since the date of acquisition. Trident is a general line metal service center with fabricating capabilities designed to service the oil and gas industry, and is also a wholesale distributor of metals, plastics and electronic parts. Trident operates under The Richardson Trident Company and The Altair Company trade names. Trident’s principal facility is in Richardson, Texas with branch locations in Houston, Austin, El Paso, Harlingen and Odessa, Texas; Tulsa, Oklahoma; Olathe, Kansas; Los Angeles, California; Boston, Massachusetts and Thomasville, Georgia. The Company paid $90.4 in cash for the stock of Trident, which included $54.2 for the repayment of Trident debt, and $1.8 in the form of a note payable, for a total purchase price of $92.2. The purchase was funded with borrowings under the Company’s $500 million amended and restated senior secured asset-based credit facility due 2015 (the “ABL facility”).

The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was $8.3, which was allocated to goodwill. Goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of Metals USA and Trident. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Segment (see Note 5). The Trident acquisition was a taxable business combination and as such, the entire amount of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table presents the allocation of the acquisition cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values:

 

Cash

   $ 2.2   

Accounts receivable, trade

     17.2   

Inventories

     18.1   

Other current assets

     0.1   

Property and equipment

     47.8   

Customer list intangible asset

     19.0   

Trade name intangible asset

     3.3   

Goodwill

     8.3   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     116.0   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     23.8   

Note payable

     1.8   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     25.6   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 90.4   
  

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include operating results from the Trident acquisition from the date of the acquisition. Trident contributed $132.4 of incremental sales and $9.1 of incremental operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011. Acquisition-related costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to approximately $1.6 and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The customer list intangible asset will be amortized on an accelerated basis over twelve years based on its estimated useful life.

Trident provides a broad range of metals and processing services with a product mix that emphasizes aluminum, stainless steel and nickel. The majority of Trident’s customer base operates in the oil and gas services sector. Trident also serves customers in the aerospace, defense and transportation industries. Processing services include precision sawing, boring, honing, slitting, sheeting, shearing and turning. Trident also offers supply chain solutions such as just-in-time delivery and value-added components required by original equipment manufacturers. As a result of the acquisition, we expect to increase our non-ferrous and value-added processing product and service offerings in the geographic areas and end markets that Trident currently serves.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents our consolidated results of operations as if the Trident acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, after the effect of certain adjustments, including increased depreciation expense resulting from recording fixed assets at fair value, interest expense on the acquisition debt, amortization of certain identifiable intangible assets, severance costs for certain Trident employees that were terminated as of the acquisition date, certain other non-recurring costs that we will not incur after taking control of Trident, and a provision for income taxes for Trident, which was previously treated as an S-Corporation.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010  

Net sales

   $ 1,911.7       $ 1,440.6   

Net income

   $ 64.8       $ 19.0   

Income per share—basic

   $ 1.75       $ 0.56   

Income per share—diluted

   $ 1.74       $ 0.56   

 

64


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Ohio River Metal Services

On December 31, 2010, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Ohio River Metal Services (“ORMS”), located in Jeffersonville, Indiana. The results of operations of ORMS have been included in the consolidated statement of operations since the date of acquisition. ORMS operates a flat rolled metal service center that provides metal products and processing services to customers throughout the Ohio River Valley area. The purchase price for ORMS was $17.9, including the assumption of $8.4 of long-term debt, and was funded with borrowings under the ABL facility. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was $0.4, which was allocated to goodwill. The following table presents the allocation of the acquisition cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values:

 

Cash

   $ 0.5   

Accounts receivable, trade

     2.6   

Inventories

     4.9   

Other current assets

     0.1   

Property and equipment

     18.3   

Fulfillment contract intangible asset

     0.8   

Goodwill

     0.4   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     27.6   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     5.7   

Long-term debt

     8.4   

Interest rate swaps

     0.6   

Deferred tax liabilities

     3.3   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     0.1   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     18.1   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 9.5   
  

 

 

 

The fulfillment contract intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over fifteen years based on its estimated useful life. The pro forma effects of the ORMS acquisition would not have been material to our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, and therefore are not presented.

 

65


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

J. Rubin & Co.

On June 28, 2010, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of J. Rubin & Co. (“J. Rubin”) for $19.0. J. Rubin’s results of operations have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since the date of acquisition. J. Rubin is a metal service center business that operates in Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota with a broad product mix consisting of carbon steel bars, carbon plate and laser-cut flat-rolled products. J. Rubin’s product mix and processing services are provided to a diverse range of end markets. The purchase price was funded with existing cash, $17.8 of which was paid at closing and $1.2 of which was placed in escrow to secure the sellers’ indemnity obligations. The purchase price included $6.0 for the repayment of J. Rubin debt at closing. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was $3.5, which was allocated to goodwill. The following table presents the allocation of the acquisition cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values:

 

Accounts receivable, trade

   $ 3.8   

Inventories

     5.8   

Other current assets

     0.2   

Property and equipment

     9.7   

Customer list intangible asset

     2.0   

Goodwill

     3.5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     25.0   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     2.5   

Deferred tax liabilities

     3.5   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     6.0   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 19.0   
  

 

 

 

The customer list intangible asset is being amortized on an accelerated basis over ten years based on its estimated useful life. The pro forma effects of the J. Rubin acquisition would not have been material to our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, and therefore are not presented.

VR Laser

In February 2009, we purchased substantially all of the operating assets of VR Laser Services USA, Inc. (“VR Laser”) for approximately $4.2. The purchase price was funded by borrowings under our ABL facility. VR Laser is a metal processor of carbon steel plate products located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The total purchase price represents the acquisition-date fair value of the individual assets acquired, which consist entirely of plant and equipment. The VR Laser acquisition replicates much of our existing processing capabilities in our Plates and Shapes Southeast geographic region and expands our service offerings in the marine and defense industries.

 

66


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

3. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Raw materials—

     

Plates and Shapes

   $ 151.4       $ 138.6   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     198.5         108.3   

Building Products

     4.7         5.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total raw materials

     354.6         252.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work-in-process and finished goods—

     

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     38.8         29.3   

Building Products

     9.1         9.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total work-in-process and finished goods

     47.9         38.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 402.5       $ 290.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recorded write-downs of $53.4 for inventory lower of cost or market adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2009 in our metals service center business. We were not required to recognize any lower of cost or market adjustments during 2010 or 2011.

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     Estimated
Useful  Lives
     December 31,  
        2011     2010  

Land

     —         $ 15.5      $ 11.3   

Buildings and improvements

     3-40 years         114.3        90.9   

Machinery and equipment

     2-25 years         188.3        161.1   

Automobiles and trucks

     3-15 years         3.0        2.8   

Construction in progress

     —           12.9        1.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

        334.0        267.1   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (86.2     (68.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

      $ 247.8      $ 198.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $18.2, $14.0, and $13.7, respectively. These amounts do not include depreciation for our Building Products Group that is included in cost of sales which amounted to $2.1, $2.0 and $2.3 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

67


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
2010
    Acquisitions/
Purchase
Accounting
Adjustments
     Realization  of
Tax

Benefits/Other
    As of
December 31,
2011
 

Plates and Shapes

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

   $ 14.9      $ —         $ (0.4   $ 14.5   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     24.4        8.3         —          32.7   

Building Products

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     2.2        —           —          2.2   

Corporate

         

Gross Goodwill

     10.0        —           (2.4     7.6   

Impairments

     (4.2     —           —          (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     5.8        —           (2.4     3.4   

Consolidated Total

         

Gross Goodwill

     51.5        8.3         (2.8     57.0   

Impairments

     (4.2     —           —          (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying Amount of Goodwill

   $ 47.3      $ 8.3       $ (2.8   $ 52.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of
December 31,
2009
    Acquisitions/
Purchase
Accounting
Adjustments
     Realization  of
Tax

Benefits/Other
    As of
December 31,
2010
 

Plates and Shapes

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

   $ 15.2      $ —         $ (0.3   $ 14.9   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     20.5        3.9         —          24.4   

Building Products

         

Gross Goodwill and Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     2.1        —           0.1        2.2   

Corporate

         

Gross Goodwill

     12.0        —           (2.0     10.0   

Impairments

     (4.2     —           —          (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying Amount of Goodwill

     7.8        —           (2.0     5.8   

Consolidated Total

         

Gross Goodwill

     49.8        3.9         (2.2     51.5   

Impairments

     (4.2     —           —          (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying Amount of Goodwill

   $ 45.6      $ 3.9       $ (2.2   $ 47.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Additions to goodwill recorded at the Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are attributable to the Trident acquisition, which closed on March 11, 2011, discussed in Note 2. Other changes in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2011, are primarily attributable to accounting for tax benefits associated with tax-deductible goodwill recognized in connection with the Merger and the acquisition of Port City Metals Services (“Port City”), which were taxable business combinations.

Changes in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010 are primarily related to our acquisitions of J. Rubin and ORMS, which added $3.5 and $0.4 of goodwill, respectively, to our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous segment (see Note 2). Other changes in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010, are primarily attributable to accounting for tax benefits associated with tax-deductible goodwill recognized in connection with the Merger and the acquisition of Port City, which were taxable business combinations. Changes in goodwill allocated to the Building Products Group are attributable to the effect of foreign currency.

We test for goodwill impairment annually at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach. No impairments were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s intangible assets are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Customer lists

   $ 61.7      $ 42.7   

Effect of foreign currency

     —          0.1   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (41.4     (38.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 20.3      $ 4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade names

   $ 6.6      $ 3.3   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (1.1     (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5.5      $ 2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fulfillment contract

   $ 0.8      $ 0.8   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 0.8      $ 0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we acquired $19.0 of customer list intangible assets and $3.3 of trade name intangible assets as a result of the Trident acquisition discussed in Note 2.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we acquired $2.0 of customer list intangible assets as a result of the J. Rubin acquisition discussed in Note 2. We became a party to a fulfillment contract in connection with our acquisition of ORMS on December 31, 2010 (also discussed in Note 2), the value of which was estimated at $0.8.

No significant residual value is estimated for our intangible assets. Aggregate amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.0, $3.8 and $5.2, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Remaining aggregate amortization of our intangible assets is as follows:

 

For the Year Ending December 31,

   Estimated
Amortization
Expense
 

2012

   $ 3.6   

2013

   $ 3.5   

2014

   $ 3.3   

2015

   $ 3.0   

2016

   $ 2.6   

Thereafter

   $ 10.6   

6. Derivatives

In February 2008, $250.0 notional amount of outstanding borrowings under the ABL facility was swapped from a floating LIBOR-based rate to a fixed rate. The swaps entitled us to receive quarterly payments of interest at a floating rate indexed to three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate that ranged from 2.686% to 2.997%, converting a portion of the outstanding borrowings on our ABL facility from a floating rate obligation to a fixed rate obligation. The Company’s ABL facility interest rate swaps expired during the second quarter of 2011.

In November 2004 and December 2007, ORMS, which we acquired on December 31, 2010 (see Note 2), entered into two separate interest rate swap agreements in connection with the Jeffersonville, Indiana IRBs discussed in Note 9. The notional amounts under these swaps correspond to the principal amounts of the IRBs. The first swap agreement matured in December 2011. The second swap agreement matures in December 2017, and had notional value of $4.0 as of December 31, 2011, an amount that is reduced on an annual basis as the IRB is redeemed. Under the swaps, the notional amounts under the Jeffersonville IRBs were swapped from a floating rate based on a rate established by the Securities Industry and Financial Market Association (“SIFMA”) to fixed rates of 4.00% and 3.75%, converting the outstanding borrowings on the Jeffersonville IRBs from floating rate obligations to fixed rate obligations.

We account for gains and losses on our interest rate swap derivatives based on realized and unrealized amounts. Realized gains and losses are determined by actual derivative settlements during the period. Unrealized gains and losses are based on the periodic mark to market valuation of our derivative contracts in place. The primary objective for our use of interest rate swaps is to reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates and to manage variable interest rate exposure to achieve greater flexibility in meeting overall financial objectives.

The following table presents the location within the consolidated balance sheets of all assets and liabilities associated with the Company’s outstanding derivatives at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments under ASC 815

  

Balance Sheet Location

   Asset Derivatives        Liability Derivatives    
      Fair Value at December 31,  
      2011      2010      2011      2010  

Interest rate swaps

   Accrued liabilities    $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 1.9   
  

Other long-term liabilities

     —           —           0.6         0.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815       $ —         $ —         $ 0.6       $ 2.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

      $ —         $ —         $ 0.6       $ 2.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The following tables present the pretax impact of the Company’s derivative instruments within the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

    Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedges  
    Amount of Gain
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivatives
(Effective
Portion)
    Amount of Loss
Reclassified from OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)
    Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives (Ineffective
Portion)
 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2009     2009  

Interest rate swaps

  $ 3.4      $ (2.7   $ —     

 

     Derivatives Not Designated
as Cash Flow Hedges
 
     Amount Recognized as  Interest
Expense from Derivatives
 
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0.4       $ 2.6       $ 4.1   

The Company’s credit exposure related to interest rate swaps is represented by the fair value of swap agreements with a net positive fair value (asset position) to the Company at the reporting date. At such times, the outstanding instruments expose the Company to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the agreements. However, we have not experienced any credit loss as a result of counterparty nonperformance in the past. Our credit risk exposure with respect to our interest rate swaps is limited to a single counterparty, which we monitor based on credit ratings. As of December 31, 2011, our interest rate swap derivatives had a net negative fair value (liability position).

7. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Deferred financing costs

   $ 9.7       $ 8.9   

Deferred debt offering costs

     2.8         3.6   

Other

     1.0         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 13.5       $ 13.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We incurred $2.9 of additional deferred financing costs during 2011 in connection with the amendment of the ABL facility discussed in Note 9. The Company incurred $6.8 of additional deferred financing costs during 2010 in connection with the amendment and restatement of the ABL facility discussed in Note 9. We did not incur deferred financing costs during 2009. Amortization of debt issuance costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.9, $4.1 and $4.2, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, $1.1 of deferred debt issuance cost was accelerated in connection with the extinguishment of debt. In addition, $0.5 of deferred financing costs was written off in connection with the amendment and restatement of the ABL facility in December 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, $2.6 of deferred debt issuance cost was accelerated in connection with the extinguishment of debt.

 

71


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

8. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 15.1       $ 10.8   

Income taxes

     1.0         2.1   

Taxes, other than income

     3.4         2.8   

Interest

     2.6         3.3   

Insurance

     4.2         5.2   

Audit and tax fees

     0.7         0.5   

Warranty liability

     0.6         0.5   

Lease terminations

     0.2         0.4   

Merger consideration – Predecessor common shares outstanding

     —           0.6   

Current portion of interest rate swap liability

     —           1.9   

Other

     1.9         2.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 29.7       $ 30.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Debt

Debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility (ABL facility)

   $ 227.7       $ 106.0   

11  1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (Metals USA Notes)

     226.3         226.3   

Industrial Revenue Bonds

     12.6         13.4   

Capital lease and other obligations

     2.0         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     468.6         346.5   

Less—current portion of debt

     1.0         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term portion of debt

   $ 467.6       $ 345.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average interest rate under the ABL facility for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 2.77% and 2.20%, respectively.

Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility

On December 17, 2010, Flag Intermediate, Metals USA, and certain subsidiaries of Metals USA entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. Flag Intermediate and Metals USA are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Metals USA Holdings Corp.

The ABL Credit Agreement provides for borrowings of up to $500.0 of Tranche A commitments and $35.0 of first-in, last-out (“FILO”) Tranche A-1 commitments (which may be increased up to $750.0 at the option of Metals USA, including $35.0 under the FILO tranche), under the 5-year, senior secured ABL facility that amended and restated Metals USA’s then-existing $625.0 senior secured asset-based credit facility that was scheduled to mature on November 30, 2011.

 

72


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

On March 9, 2011, we activated $25.0 of the FILO tranche under the ABL facility. The ABL facility permits us to borrow on a revolving basis through the earlier of November 30, 2015 and 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity of the Metals USA Notes, unless the Metals USA Notes are refinanced to a date more than 5 years and 60 days after the closing date of the ABL facility and/or repaid prior to such date. Substantially all of our subsidiaries are borrowers under the ABL facility.

On August 10, 2011, we amended the ABL facility by reducing the borrowing costs on the Tranche A commitments by 75 basis points and reducing the borrowing costs on the FILO tranche by 62.5 basis points. Under the amendment, the maturity date of the ABL facility was extended to the earlier of August 10, 2016 or 60 days prior to the scheduled maturity of the Metals USA Notes, unless the Metals USA Notes are refinanced to a date more than 5 years and 60 days after the closing date of the ABL facility and/or repaid prior to such date. The ABL facility remains subject to the same acceleration provision with respect to the maturity of the Metals USA Notes described below.

Borrowing Base. The maximum availability under the ABL facility is based on eligible receivables and eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves. Our borrowing availability fluctuates daily with changes in eligible receivables and inventory, less outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. The borrowing base is equal to:

 

   

85% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable, plus

 

   

the lesser of (x) 80% of the lesser of the original cost or market value of eligible inventory and (y) 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, plus

 

   

an incremental amount of the lesser of (x) the maximum commitments under the FILO tranche and (y) the sum of (i) 5% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable and (ii) 5% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory during the effectiveness of any FILO tranche, less

 

   

reserves.

The ABL facility provides sub-limits for up to $25.0 of swingline loans and up to $100.0 for the issuance of letters of credit. Both the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit and any swingline loans will reduce borrowing availability under the ABL facility on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $415.4 of eligible collateral, $227.7 in outstanding advances, $23.9 in open letters of credit and $163.8 of additional borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2011, we had $12.1 of cash.

Guarantees and Security. Substantially all of our subsidiaries are defined as “borrowers” under the ABL Credit Agreement. The obligations under the ABL facility are guaranteed by Flag Intermediate and certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a first-priority lien and security interest in, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and deposit accounts of Flag Intermediate, Metals USA and the subsidiaries of Metals USA party to the ABL Credit Agreement and a second-priority lien and security interest in, among other things, substantially all other tangible and intangible personal and real property owned by such companies, subject to certain exceptions.

Interest Rate and Fees. At Metals USA’s option, interest accrues on the loans made under the ABL facility at either LIBOR plus a specified margin (set at 1.75% (3.25% for the FILO tranche) as of December 31, 2011), or the base rate (which is based off of the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, Bank of America’s prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.00%), plus a specified margin (set at 0.75% (2.25% for the FILO tranche) as of December 31, 2011). Under the ABL facility amendment that was executed on August 10, 2011, the specified margins over LIBOR

 

73


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

were reduced by 75 basis points for the Tranche A commitments and 62.5 basis points for the FILO tranche. The marginal rates vary based on our average monthly excess availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement). The applicable base rate and the effective LIBOR rate for the loans made under the ABL facility were 3.25% and 0.55%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

A commitment fee is payable on any unused commitment equal to 0.25% per annum to the lenders under the ABL facility if utilization under the facility exceeds 40.0% of the total commitments under the facility and a commitment fee equal to 0.375% per annum if utilization under the facility is less than or equal to 40.0% of the total commitments under the facility. Customary letter of credit fees are also payable, as necessary.

Certain Conditions Precedent and Covenants. As a condition precedent to any borrowing or issuance of a letter of credit, a material adverse effect shall not have occurred or exist. The ABL facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur or guarantee additional debt, subject to certain exceptions, pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect to capital stock, repay debt, create or incur certain liens, make certain loans or investments, make acquisitions or investments, engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The ABL facility requires a lock-box arrangement for collection of accounts receivable and proceeds from sales of inventory. Metals USA may make withdrawals from the lock-box unless an event of default exists or borrowing availability is less than the greater of (i) $50.0 and (ii) 12.5% of the lesser of (A) the borrowing base (not to exceed $62.5) and (B) the aggregate commitment. We do not have to maintain a minimum FCCR as long as our borrowing availability is greater than or equal to the greater of (i) $45.0 and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the aggregate commitment (the “Minimum Availability”). We must maintain an FCCR of at least 1.0 to 1.0 if borrowing availability falls below the Minimum Availability. For purposes of determining covenant compliance, the FCCR is determined by dividing (i) the sum of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) minus income taxes paid in cash (excluding certain specified deferred taxes) minus non-financed capital expenditures by (ii) the sum of certain distributions paid in cash, cash interest expense and scheduled principal reductions on debt, and is calculated based on such amounts for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available. FCCR and Adjusted EBITDA are each calculated on a pro forma basis. As of December 31, 2011, our FCCR was 2.82.

Certain Events of Default and Remedies. The ABL facility contains events of default with respect to: default in payment of principal when due, default in the payment of interest, fees or other amounts after a specified grace period, material breach of the representations or warranties, default in the performance of covenants, a default that causes or permits acceleration under any indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of a specified amount, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA violations, invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments, or a change of control. In the event of default, the ABL Credit Agreement may permit a majority of the lenders to: (i) restrict the amount of or refuse to make revolving loans; (ii) cause customer receipts to be applied against borrowings under the ABL facility which would cause Metals USA to suffer a rapid loss of liquidity and restrict the ability to operate on a day-to-day basis; (iii) restrict or refuse to provide letters of credit; or ultimately: (iv) terminate the commitments and the agreement; or (v) declare any or all obligations to be immediately due and payable if such default is not cured in the specified period required. Any payment default or acceleration under the ABL facility would also result in a default under the Metals USA Notes that would provide the holders of the Metals USA Notes with the right to demand immediate repayment.

Costs related to the establishment of the ABL facility, in addition to subsequent amendments to the ABL facility, were capitalized and are being charged to interest expense over the life of the ABL facility. Unamortized financing costs of $9.7 and $8.9 were included in other non-current assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

74


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

11 1/8% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015

On November 30, 2005, Flag Acquisition Corporation (“Flag Acquisition”) sold $275.0 aggregate principal amount of the Metals USA Notes. The Metals USA Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 11 1/8%, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2006. The Metals USA Notes will mature on December 1, 2015. We may redeem some or all of the Metals USA Notes at any time on or after December 1, 2010 at a predetermined redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date. If we experience a change of control and we do not redeem the Metals USA Notes, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Metals USA Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

As a result of the Merger, Metals USA assumed the obligations of Flag Acquisition including the Metals USA Notes. All domestic operating subsidiaries of Metals USA have agreed, jointly and severally with Flag Intermediate (“Guarantors”), to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee Metals USA’s obligations under the Metals USA Notes and Indenture dated as of November 30, 2005 (the “Metals USA Notes Indenture” or the “Indenture”). Additionally, Flag Intermediate has unconditionally guaranteed to be a primary obligor of the due and punctual payment and performance of the obligations under the Indenture.

Metals USA Holdings is not a guarantor of the Metals USA Notes. There is a limitation on the amount of funds which can be transferred by the Guarantors to Metals USA Holdings in the form of dividends. Such amount available for distribution shall be increased by an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income, as defined, or reduced by an amount equal to 100% of Consolidated Net Loss, as defined. As of December 31, 2011, $28.9 million was available for general distribution under the restricted payment covenant contained in the Metals USA Notes Indenture.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Metals USA Notes and the guarantees will rank: equally with all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness; junior in priority as to collateral that secures the ABL facility on a first-priority lien basis with respect to our and the Guarantors’ obligations under the ABL facility, any other debt incurred after December 1, 2005 that has a priority security interest relative to the Metals USA Notes in the collateral that secures the ABL facility, any hedging obligations related to the foregoing debt and all cash management obligations incurred with any lender under the ABL facility; equal in priority as to collateral that secures the Metals USA Notes and the guarantees on a first-priority lien basis with respect to our and the Guarantors’ obligations under any other equivalent priority lien obligations incurred after December 1, 2005; and senior to all of our and the Guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Metals USA Notes will also be effectively junior to the liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The Metals USA Notes contain covenants that are customary for debt instruments, including limitations on our or the guarantors’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt, subject to certain exceptions, pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases with respect to capital stock, create or incur certain liens, make certain loans or investments, make acquisitions or investments, engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales and sale lease-back transactions, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

The Metals USA Notes Indenture contains certain customary events of default, including (subject, in some cases, to customary cure periods thresholds) defaults based on (1) the failure to make payments under the Metals USA Notes Indenture when due, (2) breach of covenants, (3) cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, (4) bankruptcy events and (5) material judgments. We were in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2011.

 

75


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Costs related to the establishment of the Metals USA Notes were capitalized and are being charged to interest expense over the life of the Metals USA Notes. Unamortized deferred debt offering costs of $2.8 and $3.6 were included in other non-current assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $48.7 principal amount of the Metals USA Notes in the open market, resulting in a pretax gain of $13.6 (net of unamortized deferred financing costs) on debt extinguishment.

Industrial Revenue Bonds

Metals USA is a conduit bond obligor on IRBs issued by the municipalities of Muskogee, Oklahoma and Jeffersonville, Indiana. As of December 31, 2011, our total indebtedness under the IRBs was $12.6. The IRBs are secured by certain real estate, leasehold improvements and equipment acquired with proceeds from the IRBs. The Muskogee IRB is due in one lump sum of $5.7 on May 1, 2023. The Jeffersonville IRBs had principal amounts outstanding of $4.0 and $2.9 as of December 31, 2011, and are being redeemed in varying amounts annually through August 2021 and December 2027, respectively. The interest rates assessed on the IRBs vary from month to month. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on the IRBs was 0.26%. The IRBs place various restrictions on certain of our subsidiaries, including but not limited to maintenance of required insurance coverage, maintenance of certain financial ratios, limits on capital expenditures and maintenance of tangible net worth and are supported by letters of credit. We were in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2011.

Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012

On July 10, 2007, Metals USA Holdings issued $300.0 initial aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012 (the “2007 Notes”).

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings called for redemption of all of its remaining outstanding 2007 Notes, representing an aggregate principal amount of approximately $169.6 as of the date thereof. The redemption price of the 2007 Notes was 100% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but not including May 14, 2010 (the “Redemption Date”). All of the 2007 Notes were redeemed on the Redemption Date. The Company did not incur any early termination penalties in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from its initial public offering of common stock (the “IPO”), as described more fully in Note 11, to finance the redemption. The aggregate cash payment for the redemption, including accrued and unpaid interest, was approximately $170.9. During the second quarter of 2010, $1.1 and $2.4 of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount, respectively, were written off and charged to expense in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $157.4 principal amount of the 2007 Notes in the open market, resulting in a pretax gain of $78.5 (net of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount) on debt extinguishment.

 

76


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Maturities

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2011, are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Beyond  

ABL facility

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 227.7       $ —         $ —     

Metals USA Notes

     —           —           —           226.3         —           —     

IRBs

     0.4         0.4         0.4         0.4         0.5         10.5   

Capital lease and other obligations

     0.6         0.7         0.6         0.1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1.0       $ 1.1       $ 1.0       $ 454.5       $ 0.5       $ 10.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  

Current provision (benefit):

       

Federal

   $ 15.9       $ 2.9      $ (30.3

State

     2.6         2.3        1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 18.5       $ 5.2      $ (29.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred provision (benefit):

       

Federal

     13.8         2.8        35.0   

State

     1.6         (1.7     (2.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     15.4         1.1        32.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ 33.9       $ 6.3      $ 2.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  

United States

   $ 98.5       $ 18.8      $ 6.8   

Foreign

     —           (1.0     (0.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 98.5       $ 17.8      $ 6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision (benefit) differs from an amount computed at the statutory rates as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Federal income tax at statutory rates

   $ 34.5      $ 6.3      $ 2.2   

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     4.2        0.7        (1.9

Production activity deduction

     (2.0     (0.6     —     

Change in valuation allowance

     (0.3     (2.8     —     

Other

     (2.5     2.7        2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ 33.9      $ 6.3      $ 2.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The significant items giving rise to the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accounts receivable and inventories

   $ 0.3      $ 2.4   

Accrued liabilities

     8.3        6.5   

Tax attributes and carryforwards

     12.0        17.5   

Intangible assets

     —          0.3   

Other comprehensive income

     (0.3     (0.3

Other

     2.9        10.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     23.2        37.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Foreign DISC

     —          (0.3

Property and equipment

     (74.6     (76.0

Intangible assets

     (1.3     —     

Deferred revenue

     (30.3     (30.3

Other

     (0.9     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (107.1     (108.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (5.3     (5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

   $ (89.2   $ (76.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, we recorded both federal and state current and noncurrent net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) of $7.9 and ($97.1), respectively. As of December 31, 2010, we recorded both federal and state current and noncurrent net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) of $12.0 and ($88.5), respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, our net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for U.S. federal income taxes had been fully utilized. As of December 31, 2011, we have state NOL carryforwards of $212.7 with carryforward periods ranging from five to twenty years depending on the loss jurisdiction. Our state NOL carryforwards expire between 2012 and 2029. In addition, a portion of our state NOL carryforwards are subject to the state equivalent Internal Revenue Code section 382 annual limitation as a result of changes in ownership that occurred in 2002 and 2005. We also have Canadian NOL carryforwards of $2.3 which expire between 2027 and 2029.

ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” (“ASC 740”) requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is adjusted in the periods that we determine the more likely than not standard will or will not be met. A valuation allowance of $5.3 and $5.8 was recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, against state NOL carryforwards and Canadian net deferred tax assets. In 2011, the state NOL valuation allowance decreased by $0.5.

Our tax returns are subject to periodic examination by the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. These examinations can result in adjustments to taxes due or adjustments to NOL carryforwards which are available to offset future income.

 

78


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

In 2005 in conjunction with the Merger, and in 2006 as a result of our acquisition of Port City, our carryover basis in tax deductible goodwill exceeded the corresponding book amounts. In accordance with ASC 740, a deferred tax asset for the excess was not recorded. Instead, the tax benefits from the excess amortization of tax deductible goodwill, as realized, are applied as follows: first to reduce financial statement goodwill related to the Merger/acquisition of Port City to zero, then as a reduction of non-current intangible assets related to the Merger/acquisition of Port City, with any excess tax benefit reducing our provision for income taxes. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, goodwill was reduced by $2.8 and $2.2, respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

As of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective income tax rate was $4.7, $5.6, and $5.1, respectively.

We account for any applicable interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Company recognized ($0.3), $0.1 and $1.0, respectively, in interest and penalties. The Company had $2.5 and $2.8 of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We believe it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1.0 in the consolidated liability for unrecognized tax benefits related to settlements of federal and state tax uncertainties may occur within the next twelve months. In addition, we believe it is reasonably possible that approximately $1.5 of other remaining unrecognized tax benefits, each of which is individually insignificant, may be recognized within the next twelve months as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations.

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for years before 2002 and are no longer subject to state and local, or foreign income tax examinations for years before 2000.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 11.6      $ 10.9      $ 8.5   

Gross increases due to tax positions in prior periods

     3.7        1.4        0.1   

Gross decreases due to tax positions in prior periods

     (4.7     (0.3     (0.7

Gross increases due to tax positions in current period

     —          0.4        1.9   

Gross decreases due to tax positions in current period

     —          —          (0.1

Gross increases due to balance sheet reclassifications

     —          —          1.2   

Decreases due to lapses of statutes of limitations

     (3.2     (0.8     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 7.4      $ 11.6      $ 10.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

11. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue 140,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value. At December 31, 2011, 37,059,236 shares were issued and 37,058,507 shares were outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Also in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Metals USA Holdings is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. At December 31, 2011, no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Treasury Stock

At December 31, 2011, 729 shares of the Company’s common stock were held as treasury stock at a cost of $15.01 per share. All such shares were used to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations for certain participants upon vesting of restricted stock awards as described under “Restricted Stock” in Note 12 below.

Stock Split and Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

On March 19, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1.7431-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock. The split was effected as a stock dividend on April 5, 2010. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 as presented herein give retroactive effect to the stock split. In addition, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of common stock from 30,000,000 to 140,000,000, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Our stockholders approved the amended and restated certificate of incorporation on March 19, 2010.

Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings completed its IPO of 11,426,315 shares of its common stock at $21.00 per share, as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-150999). As a result of the offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $221.2, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $14.7 and additional offering-related expenses of approximately $4.1.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.5, $1.2 and $0.4, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is included in our consolidated statements of operations in “Selling, general and administrative expense.”

2005 Stock and Incentive Plan

Metals USA Holdings’ Amended and Restated 2005 Stock and Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) permits the issuance of options and restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company. The Plan has

 

80


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

reserved for issuance up to 2.4 million shares of common stock. The Plan has two tranches of options, Tranche A and Tranche B. Tranche A options vest on a pro-rata basis over five years, have a term of ten years, and expire if not exercised. Tranche B options, which include both a service and a performance condition, vest on the eighth anniversary of the date of grant or earlier dependent on the satisfaction of an internal rate of return on capital invested, have a term of ten years from date of grant, and expire if not exercised.

Tranche A Options

The weighted average grant-date fair value of Tranche A options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was calculated using the following assumptions:

 

Expected dividend yield

     0.0%   

Expected stock price volatility

     54.9%   

Risk free interest rate

     4.3 - 4.6%   

Expected term of options (in years)

     6.5   

The following is a summary of stock option activity for Tranche A options for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Number of
Options
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 3.65       $ 3.20            404,936   

Granted

     —           —              —     

Exercised

     —           —              —     

Canceled or expired

     3.98         2.30            (3,704
           

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 3.65       $ 3.21         4.0         401,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and Exercisable as of:

           

December 31, 2011

      $ 3.21         4.0         389,553   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of Tranche A nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2011 is presented below:

 

     Weighted
Average Grant -
Date Fair Value
     Number of
Options
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

   $ 3.85         20,183   

Granted

     —           —     

Vested

     3.60         (8,504

Canceled or expired

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

   $ 0.71         11,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, all compensation cost associated with the Tranche A options had been recognized. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding Tranche A options was $3.2 as of December 31, 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Tranche B Options

The weighted average grant-date fair value of Tranche B options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was calculated using the following assumptions:

 

Expected dividend yield

     0.0%   

Expected stock price volatility

     54.3%   

Risk free interest rate

     5%   

Expected term of options (in years)

     8.0   

The following is a summary of stock option activity for Tranche B options for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Number of
Options
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 3.97       $ 2.30            50,816   

Granted

     —           —              —     

Exercised

     —           —              —     

Canceled or expired

     3.97         2.30            (3,704
           

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 3.97       $ 2.30         3.9         47,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and Exercisable as of:

           

December 31, 2011

      $ 2.30         3.9         47,112   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All Tranche B stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 are fully vested and exercisable. As of December 31, 2011, all compensation cost associated with the Tranche B options had been recognized. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding Tranche B options was $0.4 as of December 31, 2011.

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan

On March 19, 2010, our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Metals USA Holdings 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The purposes of the 2010 Plan are to further the growth and success of Metals USA and to reward and incentivize the outstanding performance of our key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers by aligning their interests with those of stockholders through equity-based compensation and enhanced opportunities for ownership of shares of our common stock.

Subject to adjustment, the 2010 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 2.6 million shares of common stock pursuant to the grant or exercise of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards.

The 2010 Plan is administered by our Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof, or such other committee of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time (the “Committee”). Among other things, the Committee has the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award, to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards, including vesting terms, to interpret the terms and provisions of the 2010 Plan and awards granted thereunder and to otherwise administer the plan.

 

82


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Stock Options

On September 13, 2010, pursuant to the 2010 Plan, 632,000 options to acquire the Company’s common stock were granted to certain members of our management and to members of our Board of Directors with an exercise price equal to the fair market value as of the date of the grant. The options granted to management vest ratably over four years and have a contractual term of ten years. The options granted to the members of our Board of Directors vest ratably over three years and also have a contractual term of ten years.

The fair value of the 2010 Plan option awards was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model using the following valuation assumptions:

 

Expected dividend yield

     0%   

Expected stock price volatility

     62.5%   

Risk free interest rate

     1.51%   

Expected term (in years) — management options

     5.0   

Expected term (in years) — Board of Director options

     4.0   

Exercise price

   $ 13.17   

The following is a summary of stock option activity for the 2010 Plan options for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Number of
Options
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 6.94       $ 13.17            632,000   

Granted

     —           —              —     

Exercised

     —           —              —     

Canceled or expired

     7.02         13.17            (6,600
           

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 6.94       $ 13.17         8.5         625,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and Exercisable as of:

           

December 31, 2011

      $ 13.17         8.5         164,300   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the 2010 Plan nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2011 is presented below:

 

     Weighted
Average Grant -
Date Fair Value
     Number of
Options
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

   $ 6.94         632,000   

Granted

     —           —     

Vested

     6.94         (164,300

Canceled or expired

     6.94         (6,600
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

   $ 6.94         461,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan had no intrinsic value (i.e. the fair market value of the Company’s common stock was less than the options’ exercise price), with approximately $2.5 of total unrecognized compensation expense remaining to be amortized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

 

83


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Restricted Stock

On September 13, 2010, pursuant to the 2010 Plan, 130,100 shares of restricted stock were granted to certain members of our management and to members of our Board of Directors. The awards granted to management vest ratably over four years, while the awards granted to the members of our Board of Directors vest ratably over three years. The fair value of the restricted stock granted was $13.17 per share, determined based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 34,394 shares of restricted stock vested, and there were no grants or forfeitures of restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $1.0 of total unrecognized compensation expense was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

January 2012 Equity Grants

On January 1, 2012, pursuant to the 2010 Plan, 373,000 options to acquire the Company’s common stock were granted to certain members of our management and to members of our Board of Directors with an exercise price equal to the fair market value as of the date of the grant. The options granted to management vest ratably over four years from the date of grant and have a contractual term of ten years. The options granted to the members of our Board of Directors vest ratably over two years from the date of grant and also have a contractual term of ten years.

On January 1, 2012, pursuant to the 2010 Plan, 82,100 shares of restricted stock were granted to certain members of our management and to members of our Board of Directors. The awards granted to management vest ratably over four years from the date of grant, while the awards granted to the members of our Board of Directors vest ratably over two years from the date of grant.

13. Segment and Related Information

We follow the provisions of ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting,” which requires the utilization of a “management approach” to define and report the financial results of operating segments. The management approach defines operating segments along the lines used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess performance and make operating and resource allocation decisions. Our CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources based primarily on operating income (loss). The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1.

Our operating segments are based on internal management reporting, which disaggregates business units by product group and geographic region. Certain geographic regions and product groups with similar economic and other basic characteristics are aggregated for reporting purposes. Our operating segments are organized into three product group reportable segments. Each segment is described as follows:

 

   

Plates and Shapes consists of operating facilities that maintain an inventory focusing on carbon products such as structural plate, beams, bars and tubing. This segment provides processing services such as cutting, cambering/leveling, punching, bending, shearing, cut-to-length, blast and paint, and tee-splitting.

 

   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous consists of operating facilities that maintain an inventory of cold rolled, coated, and hot rolled steel products and various non-ferrous flat rolled products including aluminum, stainless steel, copper and brass. This segment provides processing services such as slitting, precision blanking, leveling, cut-to-length, punching, and shearing.

 

   

Building Products consists of manufacturing plant locations and sales centers that produce and distribute aluminum and steel building products consisting of covered canopies and walkways, awnings, sunrooms, solariums and other products primarily for the commercial and residential building products industries.

 

84


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

The following tables summarize financial information regarding segments:

 

     Plates and
Shapes
    Flat Rolled
and Non-
Ferrous
     Building
Products
    Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

           

Net sales

   $ 765.9      $ 1,046.7       $ 85.8      $ (12.5   $ 1,885.9   

Operating income (loss)

     83.0        78.1         (0.7     (25.2     135.2   

Capital expenditures

     6.4        10.5         4.6        0.3        21.8   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     9.6        10.9         2.2        0.6        23.3   

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

           

Net sales

   $ 538.0      $ 680.5       $ 83.0      $ (9.4   $ 1,292.1   

Operating income (loss)

     38.4        45.3         (0.6     (22.9     60.2   

Capital expenditures

     2.3        0.7         —          1.0        4.0   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     9.2        7.0         2.4        1.2        19.8   

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

           

Net sales

   $ 523.0      $ 490.7       $ 93.2      $ (8.2   $ 1,098.7   

Operating income (loss)

     (14.8     16.5         (3.9     (19.9     (22.1

Capital expenditures

     3.3        0.5         —          0.3        4.1   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     9.8        6.9         2.8        1.7        21.2   

 

(1) Includes depreciation expense reflected in cost of goods sold for the Building Products Group.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Total Assets:

     

Plates and Shapes

   $ 357.1       $ 328.1   

Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous

     550.5         329.8   

Building Products

     39.5         38.7   

Corporate and Other

     37.7         48.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated

   $ 984.8       $ 745.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amounts shown as an operating loss under the column heading “Corporate and Other” consist primarily of general and administrative costs that are not allocated to the segments. The reconciliation of operating income (loss) to income (loss) before income taxes is shown within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and therefore is not separately presented.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, J. Rubin, ORMS and Trident contributed a combined $194.7 and $13.1 of incremental net sales and operating income, respectively, versus the same period of 2010.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, our Building Products Segment recorded a gain of approximately $0.7 resulting from a settlement with the previous owners of the Dura-Loc (now Allmet) roofing business we acquired in 2006 to cover pre-acquisition warranty claims.

We were not required to recognize any inventory lower of cost or market adjustments during 2011 or 2010. We recorded write-downs of $43.9 and $9.5 in our Plates and Shapes Group and Flat Rolled and Non-ferrous Groups, respectively, for inventory lower of cost or market adjustments during 2009.

Our areas of operations are solely in the U.S. and Canada. No domestic or foreign geographic area is significant to the consolidated operations. Export sales were $15.3, $13.6, and $16.6 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company had no material long-lived assets in its Canadian operations at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

85


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

We have a broad customer base within the U.S. with no single customer being significant to consolidated operations. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, sales to any one customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated net sales.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

The Metals USA 401(k) Plan (the “Metals USA Plan”) was established on June 1, 1998. Effective January 1, 2004, participants are eligible to join the Plan on hire date. Employee contributions are limited to the Internal Revenue Service established annual dollar limits.

Employees become 50% vested in Company matching contributions and earnings after completing one year of service and fully vested after completing two years of service.

The Metals USA Union 401(k) Plan was established on October 1, 1998 to provide a standard defined contribution savings plan for all employees covered under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement (the “Union Plan”). Metals USA was not obligated by the Union Plan to make contributions, unless required by the operative collective bargaining agreement. The Union Plan was merged with the Metals USA Plan effective May 1, 2011. Participants in the Union Plan were enrolled in the Metals USA Plan.

The Company’s matching contributions for both plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $1.3, $0.6 and $1.0, respectively.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease Agreements

We lease certain office space, warehouse space and equipment under operating leases. Minimum rental commitments under operating leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Minimum
Rental
Commitments
 

2012

   $ 11.5   

2013

     8.3   

2014

     6.2   

2015

     5.4   

2016

     2.6   

Thereafter

     3.1   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $  37.1   
  

 

 

 

Rental expense for operating leases was $14.2, $14.2 and $16.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Pension Fund Withdrawal Obligation

During 2007, we discontinued our participation in a multiemployer pension fund. In connection with our cessation of contributions to the plan, we were assessed a withdrawal liability of approximately $5.6, which we are paying in monthly installments through 2021. As of December 31, 2011, our total withdrawal liability, including interest and amortization charges, amounted to approximately $6.0.

 

86


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Letters of Credit

Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 consist of letters of credit in the amount of $14.0 in conjunction with the IRBs (see Note 9) and other letters of credit aggregating $9.9 (total letters of credit of $23.9 at December 31, 2011). Other letters of credit consist primarily of collateral support for our property and casualty insurance program. All letters of credit reduce the amount available to borrow under the ABL facility.

Contingencies

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. We believe the resolution of these matters and the incurrence of their related costs and expenses should not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

16. Related Party Transactions

Upon completion of the Merger, Metals USA Holdings entered into an advisory agreement with Apollo under which Apollo or its affiliates provided us with advisory services. Pursuant to the agreement, Apollo received an annual advisory fee equal to $2.0, payable on March 15 of every year, starting on March 15, 2006. Apollo elected to waive $0.5 of the annual advisory fee indefinitely, but reserved the right to revoke this waiver. The payment obligation was recorded as a current liability at the present value of minimum future annual payments of $1.5 and deferred advisory fees of $8.6 were amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

The advisory agreement would have terminated on December 31, 2012; however, Apollo elected to terminate the advisory agreement in connection with the completion of the Company’s IPO in April 2010. The payment obligation was terminated in consideration of $2.5. Unamortized deferred advisory fees of $3.3 were charged to expense during the second quarter of 2010.

17. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including the weighted average impact of any shares issued during the year. Diluted earnings per share calculations also include the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested restricted stock.

The weighted average number of shares used to determine basic and diluted earnings per share was:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     37,041,813         33,795,375         24,614,953   

Effect of dilution:

        

Stock options

     281,768         307,440         —     

Restricted stock

     1,391         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     37,324,972         34,102,815         24,614,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock excluded from calculation

     625,400         632,000         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

18. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Selected unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     2011 Quarter Ended      2010 Quarter Ended  
     Dec. 31      Sept. 30      June 30      Mar. 31      Dec. 31      Sept. 30      June 30      Mar. 31  

Net sales

   $ 455.7       $ 492.3       $ 505.6       $ 432.3       $ 323.9       $ 345.3       $ 335.0       $ 287.9   

Operating income

     26.8         35.3         43.3         29.8         11.2         18.9         17.4         12.7   

Net income

     14.0         16.7         21.5         12.4         3.1         5.8         2.5         0.1   

Net income per share:

                       

Income per share—basic

   $ 0.38       $ 0.45       $ 0.58       $ 0.34       $ 0.08       $ 0.16       $ 0.07       $ —     

Income per share—diluted

   $ 0.37       $ 0.45       $ 0.57       $ 0.33       $ 0.08       $ 0.16       $ 0.07       $ —     

19. Subsequent Event

On March 12, 2012, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Gregor Technologies, LLC and an affiliated company (“Gregor”) for $17.0. The purchase price was funded with borrowings under the ABL facility and $3.0 of the purchase price was placed in escrow to secure Seller’s indemnity obligations with respect to certain representations and warranties. The Company is still in the process of allocating the purchase price of Gregor to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed given the limited time since the acquisition date and expects to provide such information in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the three months ending March 31, 2012.

Established in 1989, Gregor provides custom-crafted parts and assemblies to original equipment manufacturers in several end markets, including industrial equipment, manufacturing, scientific instruments, electronics, aerospace, homeland security and defense. Gregor operates a 70,000 square foot metal processing facility in Torrington, Connecticut.

 

88


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2011, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We maintain a system of internal accounting controls that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that our books and records accurately reflect the transactions of the Company and that our policies and procedures are followed. There have been no changes in our internal controls during the fourth quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect such controls since the most recent evaluation of these controls as reported in our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2011.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Metals USA Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Even those systems designed to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement presentation and preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements contained in this report, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The evaluation of effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal control over financial reporting at The Richardson Trident Company (“Trident”), which was acquired on March 11, 2011 and whose net and total assets constitute approximately 0.75 percent and 14.2 percent of net and total assets, respectively, of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of December 31, 2011. Trident’s sales and net loss constitute approximately 7.0 percent of net sales and 1.9 percent of net income of the consolidated financial statement amounts for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

89


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Metals USA Holdings Corp.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Metals USA Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at The Richardson Trident Company, which was acquired on March 11, 2011 and whose net and total assets constitute approximately 0.75 percent and 14.2 percent of net and total assets, respectively, of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of December 31, 2011 and whose sales and net loss constitute approximately 7.0 percent of net sales and 1.9 percent of net income of the consolidated financial statement amounts for the year ended December 31, 2011. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at The Richardson Trident Company. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

 

Boca Raton, Florida

March 14, 2012

 

90


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors must be at least six but not more than 15, and must be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The exact number of directors within that range is determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and currently consists of seven members. The term of each class is three years, and the term of one class expires each year in rotation. Set forth below is certain information our directors and executive officers, as of the date of filing:

C. Lourenco Goncalves, 54, has been President and Chief Executive Officer, and director of the Company since February 2003. On May 1, 2006, Mr. Goncalves became Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. From March 1998 to February 2003, Mr. Goncalves was President and Chief Executive Officer of California Steel Industries, Inc. (CSI), a company located in Fontana, California. Prior to that, Mr. Goncalves was employed by Companhia Siderúrgica National (CSN) in Brazil. During 17 years with CSN, Mr. Goncalves held several positions in operations and sales, the last one as a Managing Director. Mr. Goncalves serves on the Board of Directors of Ascometal, a major European producer of special steels headquartered in Paris, France. Mr. Goncalves earned a masters of science degree in metallurgical engineering from the Federal University of Minas Gerais in Belo Horizonte, Brazil, and a bachelor’s degree in engineering from the Military Institute of Engineering in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

John T. Baldwin, 55, became a director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Company on May 1, 2006 and a director of Metals USA on January 18, 2006. Mr. Baldwin served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Graphic Packaging Corporation from September 2003 to August 2005, and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Worthington Industries, Inc. from December 1998 to September 2003. He joined Worthington, a steel processor, in 1997 as Treasurer. Prior to Worthington, Mr. Baldwin served in various financial capacities at Tenneco, Inc. in Greenwich, Connecticut, London, England and Houston, Texas. Mr. Baldwin is a graduate of the University of Houston and the University of Texas School of Law. Mr. Baldwin served on the Board of The Genlyte Group Incorporated, a lighting manufacturer, from March 2003 through January 2008, at which time he resigned from such Board upon the company’s purchase by Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., and was Chairman of the Audit Committee of The Genlyte Group Incorporated from April 2006 through January 2008.

Larry K. Powers, 69, became a director of the Company on April 8, 2010. Mr. Powers served as a Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Genlyte Group Incorporated, a manufacturer of lighting fixtures and controls, from April 2000 until its acquisition by Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. in January 2008. Mr. Powers joined Genlyte’s Board of Directors in July 1993 and was appointed Genlyte’s President and Chief Executive Officer in January 1994. Prior to that time, Mr. Powers held a variety of management, sales and marketing positions within Genlyte including Executive Vice President, President of Genlyte U.S. Operations, and President of the High Intensity Discharge/Outdoor Division. Before joining Genlyte, Mr. Powers held a variety of sales, marketing and general management positions in the lighting industry. Mr. Powers received a B.S. from Brigham Young University and a certificate from the Penn State University Executive Management Training Program.

Mark A. Slaven, 55, became a director of the Company on April 8, 2010. Mr. Slaven is the CEO of Tolt Service Group, an IT service provider, where he has been employed since September 2008. Previously, Mr. Slaven served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Cross Match Technologies, Inc., an international identity management company, from August 2006 to January 2008. Mr. Slaven was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Cross Match Technologies, Inc. from October 2005 until August 2006. From October 2004 until August 2005, Mr. Slaven served as Chief Financial Officer of Spectrasite Communications, Inc., a North American wireless communications site operator. In June 1997, Mr. Slaven joined 3Com Corporation, a networking solutions provider, where he served as a Vice President until June 2002, at which time he was promoted to Chief Financial Officer and served in such capacity until August 2004. Prior to that time, he held a variety of senior financial management positions at Lexmark

 

91


Table of Contents

International, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation. He also practiced as an engineer with General Dynamics Corporation. Mr. Slaven served as a Director of Terayon Communication Systems, Inc. from July 2003 to August 2006 and as a director of LCC International, Inc. from January 2008 to November 2008. Mr. Slaven received an M.B.A. in finance with honors from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and a B.S. in Civil Engineering from Tufts University.

Eric L. Press, 46, became a director of the Company on May 9, 2005 and a director of Metals USA on November 30, 2005. Mr. Press is a partner of Apollo Management, L.P. Prior to joining Apollo in 1998, Mr. Press was associated with the law firm of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, specializing in mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and related financing transactions. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Press was a consultant with The Boston Consulting Group (BCG), a management consulting firm focused on corporate strategy. Mr. Press has been engaged in all aspects of Apollo’s lodging, leisure and entertainment investment activities, as well as Apollo’s investments in basic industries and financial services. Mr. Press serves on the boards of directors of Apollo Commercial Real Estate Finance, Inc. (from 2009 to present), Athene (from 2009 to present), Verso Paper Corp. (from 2009 to present), Prestige Cruise Holdings (from 2007 to present), Affinion Group (from 2005 to present), Caesars Entertainment Corporation (from 2008 to present) and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation (from 2007 to present). In the last five years, Mr. Press served on the board of directors of Quality Distribution, Inc. (from 2004 to 2008), Innkeepers USA Trust (from 2007 to 2010) and served on the Board of Trustees of the Rodeph Sholom School in New York City (from 2004 to 2010). Mr. Press graduated Magna Cum Laude from Harvard College with an A.B. in Economics, and from Yale Law School, where he was a Senior Editor of the Yale Law Review.

M. Ali Rashid, 35, became a director of the Company on May 9, 2005 and a director of Metals USA on November 30, 2005. Mr. Rashid is a partner of Apollo Management, L.P. He has been employed with Apollo since 2000. Prior to that time, Mr. Rashid was employed by the Goldman Sachs Group in the Financial Institutions Group of its Investment Banking Division. Mr. Rashid serves on the board of directors of Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation (from 2007 to present), Quality Distribution (from 2005 to present), Realogy Corporation (from 2007 to present) and Ascometal (from 2011 to present). Mr. Rashid served on the board of directors of Countrywide plc from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Rashid received an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and graduated Magna Cum Laude and Beta Gamma Sigma from Georgetown University with a B.S. in Business Administration.

Matthew R. Michelini, 30, became a director of the Company and Metals USA on November 21, 2008. Mr. Michelini is a principal of Apollo Management, L.P. He joined Apollo in 2006. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Michelini was a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions group at Lazard Frères & Co. Mr. Michelini serves on the boards of directors of Athene (from 2010 to present) and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation (from 2007 to present). Mr. Michelini graduated from Princeton University with a B.S. in Mathematics and a Certificate in Finance.

Director Qualifications

We believe that the members of our Board of Directors should have a range of skills, experience, diversity, and expertise that enables them to provide sound guidance with respect to our business and operations. Each of our directors has an established record of professional accomplishment and particular experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that the Board of Directors considers important in determining that each director should be a member of our Board, as described below.

The composition of our Board is balanced among three independent directors, three directors affiliated with certain investment funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (together with Apollo Global Management, LLC and its subsidiaries, “Apollo”), our largest stockholder, and our President and Chief Executive Officer. That balance, to which each of our directors contributes, is important to us for the following reasons:

 

   

As independent directors, each of Messrs. Baldwin, Powers and Slaven contributes an outside point of view that we value for providing multiple perspectives to the Board of Directors’ oversight and direction of our business and facilitating objectivity in the Board decision-making process.

 

92


Table of Contents
   

Because of their affiliation with Apollo, each of Messrs. Press, Rashid and Michelini is particularly attuned to strategic, financial and other matters that may affect our stockholders’ investments in us.

 

   

Mr. Goncalves, as our President and Chief Executive Officer, brings his experience and in-depth knowledge of the Company and our industry, operations and business plans to the Board.

In addition, each of our directors has specific knowledge, professional experience and expertise relevant to serving as a director of the Company, and most of our directors have experience serving on boards of directors of other companies. Each director also has the following key attributes that we believe are important to an effective board of directors: integrity and demonstrated high ethical standards; sound judgment; analytical skills; the ability to engage management and fellow directors in a constructive and collaborative fashion; and diversity of background, experience and thought. See above for additional biographic information concerning our directors.

Executive Officers

Robert C. McPherson, III, 48, became Senior Vice President of Metals USA on March 31, 2003, Chief Financial Officer of Metals USA on December 1, 2005 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Metals USA Holdings on May 1, 2006. From August 2004 through November 2005, Mr. McPherson was President of the Building Products Group of Metals USA and from March 2003 to August 2004, Mr. McPherson was Senior Vice President, Business Development of Metals USA. Prior to joining us, Mr. McPherson was employed at CSI from 1989 until March 2003. Mr. McPherson served in a number of capacities at CSI, most recently having served as Treasurer and Controller from 1996 until 2003, Assistant Treasurer from 1992 until 1996, and as Cash Management Administrator from 1989 until 1992.

Roger Krohn, 59, became Senior Vice President of Operations in January 2011, responsible for operations at all Metals USA facilities. Previously, Mr. Krohn served as President of the Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group of Metals USA from November 2003 until January 2011 and was responsible for the operations of our Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group. Mr. Krohn served as President of Krohn Steel Service Center from 1982 until 1998. After we acquired Krohn Steel Service Center in 1998, Mr. Krohn remained as President and General Manager of Metals USA until becoming President of the Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group in November 2003. After attending college, Mr. Krohn served seven years as a pilot in the U.S. Air Force, commissioned as an officer in 1975.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the Company’s reporting officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of the Company’s common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC, the NYSE and the Company. Based solely on the Company’s review of the forms filed with the SEC and written representations from reporting persons that they were not required to file Form 5 for certain specified years, the Company believes that all of its reporting officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners complied with all filing requirements applicable to them during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Corporate Governance

Overview

The Board is responsible for overseeing the overall performance of the Company. Members of the Board are kept informed of the Company’s business primarily through discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and other members of the Company’s management, by reviewing materials provided to them and by participating in Board and committee meetings. The Board has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and charters for each of its standing committees, including the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating/Governance Committee, and Executive Committee, each of which is discussed further below. Each of these documents is included in the investor relations section of the Company’s website at www.metalsusa.com.

 

93


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board

The standing committees of the Board of Directors are the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating/Governance Committee and the Executive Committee. The following provides a description of certain functions and current membership for each of the committees of the Board of Directors for 2011.

Compensation Committee

The principal duties and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are as follows:

 

   

to review, evaluate and make recommendations to our full Board of Directors regarding our compensation policies and establish performance-based incentives that support our long-term goals, objectives and interests;

 

   

to review and approve the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, all employees who report directly to our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our senior management;

 

   

to review and make recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to our incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans;

 

   

to set and review the compensation of and reimbursement policies for members of our Board of Directors;

 

   

to provide oversight concerning selection of officers, expense accounts, indemnification and insurance matters, and separation packages; and

 

   

to prepare an annual compensation committee report, provide regular reports to our Board of Directors, and take such other actions as are necessary and consistent with the governing law and our organizational documents.

The current members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Press and Rashid. The Board of Directors has not determined that either of Messrs. Press and Rashid is independent. We have availed ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under NYSE corporate governance rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. See Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for more information regarding the “controlled company” exception.

As part of its meeting on January 13, 2012, the Compensation Committee, with the assistance of our Chief Legal Officer, reviewed the Company’s compensation policies and practices with a focus on identifying any aspects or components of such policies and practices that may create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Although this review focused largely on potential risks associated with executive level compensation programs and policies, the Compensation Committee also discussed the Company’s compensation policies and practices for all employees. While discussing potential risks, the Compensation Committee also discussed the presence of risk mitigating factors such as the existence of internal controls and of counter-balancing compensation forms and programs. As a result of this review, the Compensation Committee has concluded that the Company’s compensation policies and practices do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Audit Committee

The principal duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee are to oversee and monitor the following:

 

   

our financial reporting process and internal control system;

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements;

 

   

the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent auditor;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

   

our compliance with legal, ethical and regulatory matters.

 

94


Table of Contents

The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Baldwin, Powers and Slaven. The Board of Directors has determined that each of Messrs. Baldwin, Powers and Slaven qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and are independent as defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and under the NYSE listing standards. Furthermore, each member of the Audit Committee has accounting and related financial management expertise within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating/Governance Committee

The principal duties and responsibilities of the Nominating/Governance Committee are as follows:

 

   

to establish criteria for Board and committee membership and recommend to our Board of Directors proposed nominees for election to the Board of Directors and for membership on committees of our Board of Directors; and

 

   

to make recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding Board governance matters and practices.

The current members of the Nominating/Governance Committee are Messrs. Rashid and Michelini. The Board of Directors has not determined that either of Messrs. Rashid and Michelini is independent. We have availed ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under NYSE corporate governance rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a nominating/governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. See Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” for more information regarding the “controlled company” exception.

Executive Committee

The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Goncalves and Rashid. The principal duties and responsibilities of the Executive Committee are as follows:

 

   

subject to applicable law, to exercise the powers and the duties of our Board of Directors between Board meetings and while the Board of Directors is not in session; and

 

   

to implement the policy decisions of our Board of Directors.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

The Corporate Governance Guidelines, adopted by the Board of Directors, are a set of principles that provide a framework for the Company’s corporate governance. The Board of Directors adopted the Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist the Board of Directors in the exercise of its responsibilities and to serve the interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Corporate Governance Guidelines are intended to serve as a flexible framework within which the Board of Directors may conduct its business and not as a set of legally binding obligations. The Company has made the Corporate Governance Guidelines available on its website at www.metalsusa.com.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is a “code of ethics” as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC, which has been posted on our website at www.metalsusa.com. The Company intends to post amendments to or waivers from its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (to the extent applicable to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller) on the Company’s website.

 

95


Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This Compensation, Discussion and Analysis section discusses the manner in which the Company compensated its three named executive officers – Messrs. C. Lourenco Goncalves, Robert C. McPherson III, and Roger Krohn – for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. It explains the Company’s philosophy and objectives with respect to executive compensation, the principal components of executive compensation, and the policies and procedures under which forms and amounts of executive compensation are determined.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Company believes an effective compensation program should be one that is designed to:

 

   

attract and retain the best possible executive talent;

 

   

tie short and long-term cash and equity incentives to corporate, business unit and individual performance objectives; and

 

   

align named executive officers’ incentives with the enhancement of stockholder value.

To achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee implements, maintains and monitors compensation plans which tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to the achievement of the Company’s goals, such as profitability, workplace safety and the efficient use of capital.

Executive Compensation Process

The Compensation Committee implements, maintains and monitors compensation plans that determine the compensation and benefits paid to or provided to our executive officers, including the named executive officers. The Compensation Committee makes all compensation decisions for the Chief Executive Officer and all decisions relating to equity-based compensation awards. The Compensation Committee, together with recommendations and input from the Chief Executive Officer, makes non-equity compensation decisions with respect to the other named executive officers. To achieve the Company’s compensation objectives, the Compensation Committee has established annual and longer-term cash and equity compensation components to motivate the executives to achieve, and hopefully exceed, the business goals established by the Company. We believe that our executive compensation program is designed to reasonably and fairly motivate, retain and reward our executives for achieving our objectives and goals.

In making decisions with respect to 2011 executive compensation, the Compensation Committee considered a number of factors, including the Company’s performance, the need to design our executive compensation program to tie our executives’ goals and interests to those of ours and our stockholders, and the importance of attracting and retaining highly qualified executives. In addition, the Compensation Committee considered a report produced by Towers Watson, Inc. (“Towers Watson”), a compensation consultant that the Compensation Committee retained to aid in a review of our executive compensation program in 2010. In 2010, Towers Watson provided an analysis of the Company’s executive compensation program as compared to a competitive peer group of identified companies, as well as to more general survey data. Towers Watson did not provide any other services to the Compensation Committee or to the Company in 2010. In 2011, Towers Watson did not provide any services to the Compensation Committee or to the Company, and the Compensation Committee did not ask Towers Watson to update its report. The Compensation Committee believes it remains appropriate to consider the Towers Watson report in making decisions with respect to our executive compensation program, and took it into account in making executive compensation decisions for 2011.

 

96


Table of Contents

Towers Watson’s report provided a peer group analysis based on competitive data for base salary, annual cash incentive awards and long-term stock-based incentives paid by a peer group of U.S.-based public companies that operate in the same industry as us and compete with us for executive talent. Set forth below are the companies that were selected as our core peer group for fiscal 2010, which companies the Compensation Committee believes continue to constitute our core peer group for 2011.

 

Company    Primary Industry

•    Reliance Steel & Aluminum

   Steel

•    Gerdau Long Steel North America

   Steel

•    AK Steel Holding Corporation

   Steel

•    Steel Dynamics, Inc.

   Steel

•    Commercial Metals Company

   Steel

•    Ryerson Holding Corporation

   Steel

•    Worthington Industries, Inc.

   Steel

•    Applied Industrial Technologies

   Trading & Distributing

•    Schnitzer Steel Industries, Inc.

   Steel

•    Russel Metals, Inc.

   Trading & Distributing

•    Carpenter Technology Corporation

   Steel

•    Kaman Corporation

   Trading & Distributing

•    NCI Building Systems

   Building Products

•    AM Castle & Co.

   Steel

•    Quanex Building Products Corporation

   Building Products

•    Olympic Steel Inc.

   Steel

In addition, Towers Watson’s report presented general survey information collected from the following three published compensation surveys reflecting manufacturing and general industry practices: the Watson Wyatt Data Services 2009/10 Top Management Survey; Mercer 2009 Executive Compensation Survey; and Towers Perrin 2009 Executive Compensation Survey. Though Towers Watson’s report did not disclose the specific companies included in these surveys, the data collected from the surveys and considered by the Compensation Committee were tailored to match the Company’s size (companies with an annual revenue or sales volume of $1 to 2.5 billion). The Compensation Committee believes the general survey data is relevant largely to validate the core peer group information presented in the Towers Watson report. Otherwise, the Compensation Committee accorded greater weight to the core peer group data in making decisions with respect to 2011 executive compensation, as the Compensation Committee believes our core peer companies are our primary source of, and competition for, executive talent.

Ultimately, the Compensation Committee views the information presented in the Towers Watson report as reflective of current compensation practices, but does not specifically target, or “benchmark,” any element of compensation or the total compensation paid to the named executive officers to base, justify or provide a framework for any compensation decision. Rather, the Compensation Committee continued to take into account the information presented by Towers Watson as one of many factors in making executive compensation decisions for 2011.

Components of and Decisions Concerning 2011 Executive Compensation

For fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the principal components of compensation for our executives are described below, along with analysis of the decisions underlying compensation paid during the 2011 fiscal year:

Base Salary

We provide executives and other employees with base salaries to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salary levels are primarily the product of arms-length negotiations with the

 

97


Table of Contents

executives and, with respect to Messrs. Goncalves and McPherson, the minimum level of base salary provided for in their employment agreements with the Company. In general, base salary levels for executives are designed to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of executives in their respective roles. Base salaries are typically reviewed annually and are adjusted from time to time to take into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience, including the terms of any agreements we have in place with such executive officers.

For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee determined that the base salaries of our named executive officers should remain at the levels established in July 2010, except for Mr. Krohn who received a $15,000 increase upon his promotion to Senior Vice President. The Compensation Committee concluded that, because Mr. Goncalves’ and Mr. McPherson’s base salaries had been adjusted in the second half of 2010, they remained fair and competitive for 2011. The table below sets forth the base salaries paid to our named executive officers in 2011:

 

Name

   Fiscal 2011 Base Salary ($)

C. Lourenco Goncalves

   $750,000

Robert C. McPherson III

   $350,000

Roger Krohn

   $300,000

The Compensation Committee determined that it remained appropriate in 2011 to set Mr. Goncalves’s base salary at a higher level than the salaries of the Company’s other named executive officers. In reaching that conclusion, the Compensation Committee took into account the Chief Executive Officer’s high level of responsibility for the Company’s overall performance, the general market range of chief executive officer salaries among companies in our peer group, and arms-length negotiations with Mr. Goncalves.

The Compensation Committee does not currently anticipate making any adjustments to the base salaries of our named executive officers for or during 2012, but will conduct an annual evaluation based on the factors described above.

Cash Incentive Awards

Senior Executive Bonus Plan

On March 19, 2010, our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Metals USA Holdings Corp. Senior Executive Bonus Plan (the “SEBP”). The SEBP is intended to reward superior work, to motivate covered key executives toward even greater achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of ours and our stockholders, and to enable us to attract and retain highly qualified executives. Under the SEBP, objectives are established for the calculation of annual cash bonuses for each executive, subject to Compensation Committee oversight and modification. Incentives under the SEBP are paid in cash and are typically paid in a single installment in the first quarter following the completion of a given fiscal year. Under the SEBP, the Company may award bonuses to key executives based upon such terms and conditions, and in such amounts, as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine. The Company may amend or terminate the SEBP at any time in its sole discretion.

All of our named executive officers participated in the SEBP during fiscal 2011. For fiscal 2011, the amounts that individual executives were awarded under the SEBP were determined as follows. Each executive was assigned a target bonus amount, expressed as a percentage of his base salary for the year. Messrs. McPherson and Krohn’s target bonus amounts were set at 70% of their respective base salaries. Mr. McPherson’s employment agreement with the Company provides that his target bonus shall be 70% of his base salary, and the Compensation Committee decided to set Mr. Krohn’s target bonus at the same level. Mr. Goncalves’s target bonus amount was set at 100% of his base salary, as set forth in his employment agreement with the Company. For more information regarding our named executive officers’ contractual arrangements with the Company, see “—Employment and Severance Agreements” below.

 

98


Table of Contents

For Messrs. Goncalves and McPherson, the performance metric and target performance level that was established under the SEBP in respect of fiscal 2011 was based on the achievement of a certain Company Adjusted EBITDA target. Bonus potential ranged from a low of zero to an upper limit of 200% of target. For Mr. Krohn, the performance metric and target performance level that was established under the SEBP in respect of fiscal 2011 was based on the achievement of the Company Adjusted EBITDA target and a safety target. Bonus potential ranged from a low of zero to an upper limit of 200% of target. Target bonus as to 10% of Mr. Krohn’s base salary was dependent on the achievement of a safety goal (as measured by the Company’s Total Recordable Incident Rate calculated in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OHSA”) guidelines, which we refer to as “TRIR”). The TRIR for a given period of time is equal to the total man hours worked during such period divided by 200,000 divided by the total number of “OSHA Recordable Injuries” (as defined by OHSA guidelines) incurred. Under the terms of the SEBP, for purposes of the portion of annual bonus payable in respect of the safety metric, TRIR of 2.5 would result in a bonus of 100% of the safety metric target. For purposes of the portion of the annual bonus payable under the SEBP in respect of the Adjusted EBITDA targets, Company Adjusted EBITDA of $155.4 million would have resulted in payment of 100% of the bonus target dependent on that metric. No bonus in respect of the safety or EBITDA performance metric would have been payable if the target performance levels were not achieved.

The Compensation Committee then exercised its discretion in determining actual bonus payouts. It decided that Messrs. Goncalves and McPherson should receive additional discretionary cash bonuses of $254,000 and $23,640, respectively. In making these determinations, the Compensation Committee considered several factors, including the overall performance of the Company, whether the executive exceeded objectives and/or goals established for such executive, whether an executive made a unique contribution to the Company during the year, the compensation analysis presented by Towers Watson in 2010, and other factors traditionally considered by the Compensation Committee (such as profitability, workplace safety and the efficient use of capital).

Expressed in dollars, the Company awarded the following bonus amounts for fiscal 2011:

 

Name

  2011 Target  SEBP
Compensation
  2011 Actual  SEBP
Compensation
  2011 Discretionary
Bonus

C. Lourenco Goncalves

  $750,000   $846,000   $254,000

Robert C. McPherson III

  $245,000   $276,360   $23,640

Roger Krohn

  $210,000   $235,000   —  

Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

On March 19, 2010, our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Metals USA Holdings 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 LTIP”). Through the 2010 LTIP, we provide long-term equity-incentive awards to key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers, in order to reward and incentivize outstanding performance and to align the interests of such individuals with those of the stockholders. The 2010 LTIP is administered by the Compensation Committee, which has the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award, to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards, to interpret the terms and provisions of the 2010 LTIP and awards granted thereunder, and to otherwise administer the plan.

In determining the amount and frequency of such awards under the 2010 LTIP, the Compensation Committee considers several factors, including the linkage of officer incentives with the stockholders’ objectives, the impact of equity awards on executive retention, whether particular executives exceeded objectives and/or goals established for such executives, the compensation analysis presented by Towers Watson in 2010, and other factors traditionally considered by the Compensation Committee. Because equity awards are designed to motivate our executives to stay with the Company and increase stockholder value, the Compensation Committee generally does not consider an executive’s current stock or option holdings as a material component in making decisions for additional awards.

Based on its analysis of such factors in fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee determined that all of our named executive officers should receive equity awards under the 2010 LTIP. In order to incentivize performance and encourage retention for the coming years, the Compensation Committee granted awards to our named executive officers in the form of restricted common stock and options to purchase common stock, with a grant

 

99


Table of Contents

date of January 1, 2012. These awards are entirely time-based, vesting ratably over a four-year period. However, under the terms and conditions applicable to the awards, any unvested shares of restricted stock or options to purchase stock immediately become fully vested, non-forfeitable, and exercisable if the Company consummates a “change of control,” as defined in the applicable award agreements.

The following table sets forth the awards received by our named executive officers under the 2010 LTIP granted on January 1, 2012:

 

Name

   Shares of  Restricted
Common Stock
     Shares Underlying
Options  to Purchase
Common Stock
 

C. Lourenco Goncalves

     30,000         120,000   

Robert C. McPherson III

     6,500         27,000   

Roger Krohn

     3,500         15,000   

Consistent with our past practice, the option awards comprised approximately 75% of the total equity awards granted under the 2010 LTIP on January 1, 2012, and the restricted stock awards comprised approximately 25% of the total equity awards. In deciding to weight the equity awards in favor of options, the Compensation Committee considered recommendations presented by Towers Watson in 2010, but ultimately drew its own conclusions regarding the optimal method for incentivizing officers to enhance shareholder value.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We provide our named executive officers, and other employees generally, with perquisites and other personal benefits that we and the Compensation Committee believe are reasonable, competitive and which are consistent with the overall compensation program to enable us to attract and retain qualified employees for key positions. In addition, certain benefits for Messrs. Goncalves and McPherson were negotiated as part of their employment agreements. See footnote (6) to the Summary Compensation Table below for a description of the perquisites and other benefits for the named executive officers. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the perquisites and other benefits provided to the executives, as well as the other employees.

401(k) plan

Our executive officers, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our companywide 401(k) plan for salaried employees. Historically and through August 2009, the Company matched the first 2% of annual compensation contributed by participating employees. The Company suspended its matching payments in September 2009 except with respect to participating employees to whom such matching payments constitute a contractual obligation pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement. The Company reinstated the matching contribution, including the matching contributions to our named executive officers, in July 2010.

Tax Considerations

We consider the anticipated tax treatment of our executive compensation program when setting levels and types of compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) generally disallows a tax deduction to public companies for compensation paid to a company’s chief executive officer or any of its other three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the chief financial officer, in excess of $1 million in any year, with certain performance-based compensation being specifically exempt from this deduction limit. With respect to compensation paid pursuant certain arrangements, including the SEBP and 2010 LTIP, we intend to rely, if necessary, on Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f), which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in which Metals USA Holdings was not publicly held. We may rely on this “grandfather” provision with respect to any particular plan or agreement until (a) the first material modification of such plan or agreement; (b) the first meeting of our stockholders held to elect directors that occurs after 2013; or (c) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

100


Table of Contents

While we consider the tax treatment of our executive compensation programs generally, the deductibility of compensation expense under Section 162(m) of the Code was not a material consideration for our Compensation Committee in 2011 due to the levels and types of compensation we paid in 2011. However, in the future, we expect Section 162(m) deductibility and other tax consideration may play a greater role if compensation expenses regularly begin to exceed $1 million for our most highly compensated executives.

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

The table below summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

 

(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)  

Name and
Principal Position

  Year     Salary(1)     Bonus
(2)
    Stock
Awards (3)
    Option
Awards
(4)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (5)
    All Other
Compensation (6)
    Total  

C. Lourenco Goncalves, President and Chief Executive Officer

    2011      $ 750,000      $ 254,000        —          —        $ 846,000      $ 16,852      $ 1,866,852   
    2010      $ 687,500      $ 631,130      $ 592,650      $ 1,263,600        —        $ 251,260      $ 3,426,140   
    2009      $ 625,000        —          —          —        $ 101,813      $ 115,748      $ 842,561   

Robert C. McPherson III, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2011      $ 350,000      $ 23,640        —          —        $ 276,360      $ 30,704     

$

680,704

  

    2010      $ 330,000      $ 196,350      $ 131,700      $ 280,885        —        $ 30,431      $ 969,366   
    2009      $ 310,000        —          —          —        $ 50,499      $ 16,872      $ 377,371   

Roger Krohn, President Flat Rolled and Non-Ferrous Group

    2011      $ 300,000        —          —          —        $ 235,000        —        $ 535,000   
    2010      $ 285,000      $ 139,650      $ 65,850      $ 157,998        —        $ 13,911      $ 662,409   
    2009      $ 280,000        —          —          —        $ 44,521      $ 14,433      $ 338,954   

 

(1) The amounts in column (c) reflect the base salaries paid to the named executive officers during fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009. In 2010, the Compensation Committee increased base salary levels for the named executive officers effective July 1, 2010. Accordingly, the salary figures presented in column (c) for 2010 reflect that the named executive officers received lower base salaries from January 1 until July 1, 2010, and then received higher base salaries from July 1, 2010 until December 31, 2010.
(2) The amounts in column (d) reflect the annual bonuses awarded to the named executive officers under the SEBP at the discretion of the Compensation Committee in fiscal 2011 and 2010. For further information about the SEBP, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Cash Incentive Awards” above.
(3) The amounts in column (e) reflect the fair value of stock awards granted in fiscal 2011, 2010, 2009 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of which there were no awards granted in 2011 and 2009. The amounts in column (e) do not reflect stock awards granted on January 1, 2012. For further information such awards, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long Term Equity Incentive Plan” above.
(4) The amounts in column (f) reflect the fair value of option awards granted in fiscal 2011, 2010, 2009 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of which there were no awards granted in 2011 and 2009. The amounts in column (f) do not reflect option awards granted on January 1, 2012. For further information such awards, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long Term Equity Incentive Plan” above.
(5) The amounts in column (g) reflect the cash incentive plan awards to the named executive officers in 2011 and 2009. There were no cash incentive plan awards to the named executive officers in 2010 under the SEBP or otherwise. The discretionary bonus paid to the named executive officers in 2010 and 2011 under the SEBP is reported in column (d).
(6) The amounts in column (h) reflect the following for each named executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Name

   Total Perquisites  and
Personal Benefits
 

C. Lourenco Goncalves

   $ 16,852   

Robert C. McPherson III

   $ 30,704   

Roger Krohn

     —     

Perquisites and personal benefits consist of the following:

 

   

the amounts attributable to Company reimbursements for club dues payable by the named executive officer;

 

101


Table of Contents
   

the amount of income taxes paid by the Company on behalf of the named executive officer for club dues; and

 

   

the amounts attributable to Company reimbursements for medical insurance premiums and life insurance premiums; and

 

   

the amount attributable to unused vacation pay for the named executive officer

None of the individual amounts attributable to each such perquisites or benefits exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites for each named executive officer.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

In fiscal 2011, we did not make any plan-based grants of stock or option awards to our named executive officers. However, we made grants of stock and option awards with a grant date of January 1, 2012, and the amounts of such awards are disclosed under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long Term Equity Incentive Plan” above.

The following table sets forth the amounts grants of non-equity incentive plan awards made to our named executive officers for fiscal 2011:

 

     Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
 

Name and Principal Position

   Threshold(2)      Target      Maximum  

C. Lourenco Goncalves

     —         $ 750,000       $ 1,500,000   

Robert C. McPherson III

     —         $ 245,000       $ 490,000   

Roger Krohn

     —         $ 210,000       $ 420,000   

 

(1) Represents threshold, target and maximum amounts payable to each of our executive officers upon achievement of certain performance metrics established by the Compensation Committee. For more information about such performance metrics, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Cash Incentive Awards.” For the actual amounts of cash bonus awards paid to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Cash Incentive Awards” and “—Summary Compensation Table.”
(2) No incentive bonus would have been payable to our named executive officers had the target performance metrics not been met.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth all outstanding equity awards to our named executive officers as of the end of fiscal year 2011:

 

(a)    (b)      (c)     (d)      (e)      (f)     (g)  
Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options —
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options —
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares or  Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Market Value
of Shares  or
Units of Stock
That  Have
Not Vested
 

C. Lourenco Goncalves

     85,331         —        $ 2.30         11/30/2015         —          —     
     45,000         135,000 (1)    $ 13.17         7/1/2020         33,750 (2)    $ 379,688 (3) 

Robert C. McPherson III

     18,863         —        $ 2.30         11/30/2015         —          —     
     10,000         30,000 (1)    $ 13.17         7/1/2020         7,500 (2)    $ 84,375 (3) 

Roger Krohn

     8,236         —        $ 2.30         11/30/2015         —          —     
     5,625         16,875 (1)    $ 13.17         7/1/2020         3,750 (2)    $ 42,188 (3) 

 

(1) Option vests at the rate of 25% per year, with the first vesting date occuring on July 1, 2011.
(2) Restricted stock vests at the rate of 25% per year, with the first vesting date occurring on July 1, 2011.
(3) The value has been calculated based on the closing stock price as of December 31, 2011 of $11.25.

 

102


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vesting

None of our named executive officers exercised options during fiscal 2011. The table below sets forth information regarding shares acquired upon the vesting of restricted stock awards during 2011.

 

     Outstanding Restricted Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired  on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized  on
Vesting
($) (1)
 

C. Lourenco Goncalves

     11,250       $ 168,863   

Robert C. McPherson III

     2,500       $ 37,525   

Roger Krohn

     1,250       $ 18,763   

 

(1) The value has been calculated based on the closing stock price as of the July 1, 2011 vesting date.

Employment and Severance Agreements

Messrs. Goncalves and McPherson have employment agreements, and Mr. Krohn has a severance agreement, with the Company.

Under his employment agreement with the Company, Mr. Goncalves agreed to serve until December 31, 2014, unless terminated earlier under the terms of the agreement. Mr. Goncalves is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $750,000, and beginning in fiscal year 2012, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will review his base salary on an annual basis to determine if it should be increased. Mr. Goncalves is eligible throughout the term of his employment agreement to earn a target bonus of 100% per year of his base salary, based on the Company’s achievement of specified performance objectives. Mr. Goncalves is eligible to receive annual awards of restricted stock and/or options to purchase the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2010 LTIP. Any vesting requirement to which an award is subject will immediately accelerate prior to any “change in control” (as defined in the 2010 LTIP). Mr. Goncalves’ employment agreement provides that, if the Company terminates his employment without “cause” or Mr. Goncalves terminates his employment for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the employment agreement) during the employment period, then Mr. Goncalves will be entitled to receive the following severance payments: all accrued salary and bonus earned but not paid; a lump-sum equal to twelve months of annual base salary; an amount equal to twelve months of annual base salary payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule over a twelve month period; a pro rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance for such year; a bonus for each of the two fiscal years after the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, calculated under the Company’s SEBP for the applicable fiscal year; and reimbursement for the cost of COBRA continuation coverage for a period equal to the lesser of (i) eighteen months following the date of termination and (ii) the period preceding the date that Mr. Goncalves becomes eligible to receive medical coverage under another employee benefit plan.

Under his employment agreement with the Company, Mr. McPherson is entitled to receive a minimum annual base salary of $245,000 and is eligible for an annual bonus of 70% of his base salary under the SEBP. The initial term of the employment agreement has been and will continue to be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless 90 days’ prior notice of termination is given by either party. Upon Mr. McPherson’s termination of employment by us without “cause” or by Mr. McPherson for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement) or upon our election not to renew his employment, Mr. McPherson will be entitled to receive the following severance payments: all accrued salary and bonus earned but not paid; a pro rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs; his annual base salary for a period of eighteen months following his termination of employment or, at our election, a lump sum payment equal to eighteen months of annual base salary; and the reimbursement for the cost of COBRA continuation coverage for a period of up to eighteen months.

 

103


Table of Contents

Under his severance agreement, upon his termination of employment by us without “cause” or by Mr. Krohn for “good reason” (in each case, as defined in the severance agreement), Mr. Krohn will be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits: his annual base salary for a period of twelve months following his termination of employment and the reimbursement for the cost of COBRA continuation coverage for a period of up to twelve months.

Each of the officers will be subject to certain restrictions on the ability of such officer to compete with us and to solicit our customers or employees. In addition, each of the officers is a party to restricted stock award agreements and stock option award agreements that provide for immediate vesting of all unvested restricted stock and options upon a “change of control” (as defined in such agreements and/or the 2010 LTIP). We have summarized and quantified below the estimated payments that would be made to each officer under the agreements described above, assuming a triggering event occurred on December 31, 2011.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Our employment and severance agreements are described under “—Employment and Severance Agreements” above.

If (1) each of our named executive officers terminated his employment for “good reason” or was terminated other than for “cause,” death or disability, or (with respect to those executives with employment agreements) if we elected not to renew their employment agreements; or (2) each of our named executive officers was terminated as a result of death or disability; or (3) a “change of control” occurred as of December 31, 2011, our named executive officers would be paid the following amounts, respectively:

 

     Good Reason
Termination or
Involuntary without
Cause Termination on
December 31, 2011
     Death or
Disability on
December  31,
2011
     Change of
Control on
December 31,
2011
 

C. Lourenco Goncalves

        

Compensation

        

Accrued Salary

   $ 14,423       $ 14,423       $ 14,423   

Accrued Bonus (Incentive Plan)

   $ 1,100,000       $ 1,100,000       $ 1,100,000   

Annual Bonus (Incentive Plan) for two years after termination(1)

   $ 2,200,000         —           —     

Lump Sum Salary (12 months)

   $ 750,000       $ 750,000         —     

Monthly Salary (12 months)

   $ 750,000         —           —     

Benefits and Perquisites

        

Health and Welfare Benefits

   $ 26,262       $ 26,262         —     

Disability Income(2)

     —         $ 1,791,721         —     

Life Insurance Benefits(3)

     —         $ 400,000         —     

Accrued Vacation Pay

   $ 39,808       $ 39,808       $ 39,808   

Long-Term Incentives:

        

Stock Options(4)

           —     

Restricted Stock Grants(5)

         $ 379,688   

 

104


Table of Contents
     Good Reason
Termination or
Involuntary without
Cause Termination on
December 31, 2011
     Death or
Disability on
December  31,
2011
     Change of
Control on
December 31,
2011
 

Robert C. McPherson III

        

Compensation

        

Accrued Salary

   $ 6,731       $ 6,731       $ 6,731   

Accrued Bonus (Incentive Plan)

   $ 300,000       $ 300,000       $ 300,000   

Lump Sum Salary (12 months)

     —         $ 350,000         —     

Monthly Salary (18 months)

   $ 525,000         —           —     

Benefits and Perquisites

        

Health and Welfare Benefits

   $ 17,052       $ 17,052         —     

Disability Income(2)

     —         $ 2,369,901         —     

Life Insurance Benefits(3)

     —         $ 400,000         —     

Accrued Vacation Pay

     —           —           —     

Long-Term Incentives:

        

Stock Options(4)

           —     

Restricted Stock Grants(5)

         $ 84,375   

Roger Krohn

        

Compensation

        

Accrued Salary

   $ 5,769       $ 5,769       $ 5,769   

Accrued Bonus (Incentive Plan)

   $ 235,000       $ 235,000       $ 235,000   

Monthly Salary (12 months)

   $ 285,000         —           —     

Benefits and Perquisites

        

Health and Welfare Benefits

   $ 17,052       $ 17,052         —     

Disability Income(2)

     —         $ 1,065,378         —     

Life Insurance Benefits(3)

     —         $ 400,000         —     

Accrued Vacation Pay

   $ 28,851       $ 28,851       $ 28,851   

Long-Term Incentives:

        

Stock Options(4)

           —     

Restricted Stock Grants(5)

         $ 42,188   

 

(1) Mr. Goncalves is entitled to a bonus for each of the two fiscal years following the fiscal year in which termination occurs as calculated under the SEBP for the applicable fiscal year based on the Company’s achievement of the specified performance objectives set forth under the SEBP. The amounts in the table above reflect Mr. Goncalves’s bonus for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, which hypothetically assumes that such amount would be the amount of bonus payable for the two years after the year of termination. Based on the contingent and uncertain nature of our liability to Mr. Goncalves for such bonus payments, we are unable to make an estimate of the amount, if any, of the actual bonus payments that might be made. Therefore, we have presented such amount using Mr. Goncalves’ bonus for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Reflects the maximum lump-sum present value of all future payments each named executive would be entitled to receive under the Company’s disability program. Each named executive would be entitled to receive benefits until he reaches age 65.
(3) Reflects the maximum lump-sum amount of $200,000 payable to each named executive’s beneficiaries upon his death plus the maximum lump-sum amount of $200,000 payable in the event of accidental death under the Company’s life insurance program.
(4) Reflects the estimated value of options that would immediately vest upon a “change in control,” and assumes that any “under water” options would be cancelled.
(5) Reflects the value of restricted stock awards that immediately vest upon a “change of control.” The value has been calculated based on the closing stock price as of December 30, 2011 of $11.25.

 

105


Table of Contents

No payments are made under any employment agreement or severance agreement if an executive terminates his employment without “good reason” or we terminate his employment for “cause”.

With respect to the employment and severance agreements:

 

   

“cause” generally means any of the following:

 

   

the commission of a felony or a crime of moral turpitude;

 

   

a willful and material act of dishonesty involving us;

 

   

a material non-curable breach of the executive’s obligations under the agreement;

 

   

material breaches of our policies or procedures;

 

   

any other willful misconduct which causes material harm to us or our business reputation;

 

   

a failure to cure a material breach of the executive’s obligations under the agreement, the investor rights agreement described above and certain other agreements related to the executive’s equity participation in the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such breach; or

 

   

breaches of any of the executive’s representations contained in the agreement.

 

   

“good reason” generally means any of the following:

 

   

a reduction in the executive’s annual base salary or bonus potential described in the agreement (but not including any diminution related to a broader compensation reduction that is not limited to any particular employee or executive);

 

   

a material diminution of the executive’s responsibilities;

 

   

relocation of the executive’s primary work place, as assigned to him by us, beyond a fifty mile radius; or

 

   

a material breach by us of the agreement.

 

   

“change of control” generally means any of the following events:

 

   

an acquisition of by any person or group (with certain exceptions, including an acquisition by the Company or Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P. or its affiliates) that results in the person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company;

 

   

there occurs a change in the composition of the Board of Directors such that the individuals constituting the Board of Directors, and the successors of such individuals (as nominated by the Board or committee thereof), cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors;

 

   

consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (with certain exceptions, including transactions in which our stockholders own less than 50% of the surviving entity or no person or group owns 50% or more of the combined entity except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the acquisition); or

 

   

the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

BOARD COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Compensation Committee of the Company has reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based upon such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 2011 fiscal year.

 

106


Table of Contents

THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

M. Ali Rashid, Chairman

Eric L. Press

Non-Executive Director Compensation for 2011

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

(a)    (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)      (f)  

Name(1)

   Fees
Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Stock
Awards(2)
     Option
Awards(3)
     All  Other
Compensation
     Total  

Eric L. Press

   $ 112,500         —           —           —         $ 112,500   

M. Ali Rashid

   $ 200,000         —           —           —         $ 200,000   

Matthew R. Michelini

   $ 107,500         —           —           —         $ 107,500   

John T. Baldwin

   $ 145,000         —           —           —         $ 145,000   

Larry K. Powers

   $ 130,000         —           —           —         $ 130,000   

Mark A. Slaven

   $ 135,000         —           —           —         $ 135,000   

 

(1) C. Lourenco Goncalves, the Company’s Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, is not included in this table as he is an employee of the Company and thus receives no compensation for his services as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Goncalves as an employee of the Company is shown in the Summary Compensation Table above.
(2) As of December 31, 2011, the following non-executive officer directors had the following number of restricted stock awards outstanding: Eric L. Press: 3,750; M. Ali Rashid: 3,750; Matthew R. Michelini: 3,750; John T. Baldwin: 3,750; Larry K. Powers: 3,750; and Mark A. Slaven: 3,750.
(3) As of December 31, 2011, the following non-executive officer directors had the following number of options outstanding: Eric L. Press: 84,724; M. Ali Rashid: 84,724; Matthew R. Michelini: 15,000; John T. Baldwin: 84,724; Larry K. Powers: 15,000; and Mark A. Slaven: 15,000.

Compensation of Directors

We currently compensate our directors with an annual retainer of $60,000, paid quarterly in advance of each fiscal quarter of service. During 2011, each director also received a fee of $2,500 per board meeting attended and $2,500 for each regularly scheduled committee meeting. The non-management chairman of each the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating/Governance Committee, and Executive Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $12,500. All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses are reimbursed upon submission of support documentation. Newly elected directors will receive the same fees as described above.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the Compensation Committee’s members is or has been a Company officer or employee. During fiscal 2011, none of the Company’s executive officers served on the board of directors, the compensation committee or any similar committee of another entity of which an executive officer served on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

This table shows how much common stock is owned by (i) each director of the Company, (ii) the Company’s named executive officers, (iii) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group and (iv) all persons who are known to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company’s common stock, as of March 14, 2012. Unless otherwise specified, the address for each of them is 2400 Commercial Blvd., Suite 905, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308.

 

107


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Common  Stock
Beneficially Owned(1)
     Percentage of  Shares
Outstanding(2)
 

Apollo Funds(3)

     23,728,650         63.7

Tempus Quo Capital Management, LLC(4)

     2,925,615         7.8

Ameriprise Financial Inc.(5)

     1,988,003         5.3

C. Lourenco Goncalves

     1,331,816         3.6

Robert C. McPherson, III

     77,904         *   

Roger Krohn

     152,092         *   

Eric L. Press(6)

     80,974         *   

M. Ali Rashid(6)

     80,974         *   

Matthew R. Michelini(7)

     11,250         *   

John T. Baldwin(8)

     80,974         *   

Larry K. Powers(8)

     11,250         *   

Mark A. Slaven(9)

     11,250         *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

     1,838,484         4.9

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) The amounts and percentages of interests beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated ownership interests.
(2) Percentages are based on 37,270,707 shares outstanding on March 14, 2012, plus, for each person, the shares which would be issued assuming that such person exercises all options it holds which are exercisable within 60 days.
(3)

Based on information set forth in a report on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 11, 2011 by (i) Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P. (“AIF V”), (ii) Apollo Overseas Partners V, L.P. (“Overseas V”), (iii) Apollo Netherlands Partners V (A), L.P. (“Netherlands A”), (iv) Apollo Netherlands Partners V (B), L.P. (“Netherlands B”), (v) Apollo German Partners V GmbH & Co. KG (“German V”), (vi) Apollo Verwaltungs V GmbH (“Apollo German GP”), (vii) Apollo Management V, L.P. (“Management V”), (viii) AIF V Management, LLC (“AIF V LLC”), (ix) Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo Management”), (x) Apollo Management GP, LLC (“Management GP”), (xi) Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“Management Holdings”), (xii) Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”), (xiii) Apollo Advisors V, L.P. (“Advisors V”), (xiv) Apollo Capital Management V, Inc. (“Capital Management V”), (xv) Apollo Principal Holdings I, L.P. (“Principal I”), and (xvi) Apollo Principal Holdings I GP, LLC (“Principal I GP”). AIF V, Overseas V, Netherlands A, Netherlands B and German V (collectively, the “Apollo Funds”) each hold shares of common stock of the Company. Apollo German GP serves as the general partner of German V. Management V serves as the manager of AIF V, Overseas V, Netherlands A and Netherlands B and as a special limited partner of German V, and is the sole shareholder of Apollo German GP. AIF V LLC serves as the general partner of Management V, Apollo Management serves as the sole member and manager of AIF V LLC, and Management GP serves as the general partner of Apollo Management. Management Holdings serves as the sole member and manager of Management GP, and Holdings GP serves as the general partner of Management Holdings. Advisors V serves as the general partner of AIF V, Netherlands A and Netherlands B, as the managing general partner of Overseas V and as a

 

108


Table of Contents
  special limited partner of German V. Capital Management V serves as the general partner of Advisors V. Principal I is the sole stockholder of Capital Management and Principal I GP serves as the general partner of Principal I. Each of the Apollo Funds, Apollo German GP, Management V, AIF V LLC, Apollo Management, Management GP, Management Holdings, Holdings GP, Advisors V, Capital Management V, Principal I, Principal I GP, and Messrs. Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan, the managers of Principal I GP, and the managers, as well as principal executive officers of Holdings GP, disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock held of record by any of the Apollo Funds in excess of their pecuniary interests, if any. The address of AIF V, Advisors V, Capital Management V, Principal I and Principal I GP is One Manhattanville Road, Suite 201, Purchase, New York 10577. The address of Overseas V, Netherlands A and Netherlands B is c/o Walkers Corporate Services Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands. The address of German V and Apollo German GP is Eschenheimer Anlage 1, 60316 Frankfurt, Germany. The address of Management V, AIF V LLC, Apollo Management, Management GP, Management Holdings and Holdings GP, and Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan, is 9 W. 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.
(4) Based on information set forth in a report on Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 12, 2012 by (i) Tempus Quo Capital Management, LLC (“Tempus Quo Capital Management”) and (ii) Tempus Quo Master Fund, Ltd. (“Tempus Quo Master Fund”). Tempus Quo Capital Management holds shared voting and dispositive power, resulting in beneficial ownership of 2,925,615 shares. Tempus Quo Master Fund holds shared voting and dispositive power, resulting in beneficial ownership of 1,432,469 shares. The address of Tempus Quo Capital Management, LLC is 3050 Aventura Blvd., Suite 200, Aventura, Florida 33180.
(5) Based on information set forth in a report on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2012 by Ameriprise Financial Inc. (“Ameriprise”) and its subsidiary, Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC (“Columbia”). Each of Ameriprise and Columbia hold shared voting power of 598,943 shares and shared dispositive power of 1,988,003 shares, resulting in beneficial ownership of 1,988,003 shares. The address of Ameriprise is 145 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474, and the address of Columbia is 225 Franklin St., Boston, MA 02110.
(6) Represents 6,250 restricted share units and 74,274 shares issuable upon exercise of options. Each of Messrs. Press and Rashid, who have relationships with Apollo, disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares of the common stock of record by any of the Apollo Funds in excess of their pecuniary interests, if any. The address of Messrs. Press and Rashid is c/o Apollo Management, L.P., 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.
(7) Represents 6,250 restricted share units and 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. Mr. Michelini, who has a relationship with Apollo, disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of the common stock of record by any of the Apollo Funds in excess of his pecuniary interest, if any. The address of Mr. Michelini is c/o Apollo Management, L.P., 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.
(8) Represents 6,250 restricted share units and 74,742 shares issuable upon exercise of options.
(9) Represents 6,250 restricted share units and 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Procedures for Reviewing Related Person Transactions

The Audit Committee charter provides that the Audit Committee shall review all related person transactions, and all such transactions must be approved or ratified by the Audit Committee. For this purpose, a related person transaction means any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which the Company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members). In addition, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires all directors, executive officers and employees to avoid conflicts, and the appearance of conflicts between their own interests and their responsibilities to the Company or its clients. The Company has not entered into any related person transactions during 2011 required to be disclosed under SEC rules.

 

109


Table of Contents

Investors Rights Agreement

The Company has entered into an Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement with Apollo Management V, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “Apollo”) and each of our management members (the “Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement”) that provides for, among other things, a restriction on the transferability of each management member’s equity ownership in the Company, demand registration rights for Apollo, piggyback registration rights, repurchase rights by the Company and Apollo with respect to management’s equity in certain circumstances, demand registration rights for Apollo, certain restrictions on each such person’s ability to compete with us or solicit our employees or customers and board termination rights and information rights for Apollo.

As discussed above, the Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, Apollo has the right to nominate (a) four directors as long as Apollo owns (including shares of common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities issued by us) at least 30% but less than 50% of our outstanding common stock, (b) three directors as long as Apollo owns (including shares of common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities issued by us) at least 20% but less than 30% of our outstanding common stock and (c) two directors as long as Apollo owns (including shares of common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities issued by us) at least 10% but less than 20% of our outstanding common stock. In the event that the Board increases its size beyond nine members, Apollo’s nomination rights will be proportionately increased, rounded up to the nearest whole number. The Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement also provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, we and the management members will take all action within their respective power to cause all such nominees to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board to the Company’s stockholders for election as directors at each annual meeting of our stockholders and we will use all reasonable efforts to cause the election of each such nominee, including soliciting proxies in favor of the election of such nominees.

The Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, Apollo will have the right to designate a replacement to fill a vacancy on the Board that was nominated by Apollo, and will provide that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, we will take all action within our power to cause such vacancy to be filled by the replacement designated by Apollo (including by promptly appointing such designee to the Board).

The Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement provides that Apollo may make one or more written demands of us to require us to register the shares of our common stock owned by Apollo. In addition, Apollo and our management members will have piggyback rights entitling them to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by them in connection with any registration statements filed by us, subject to certain exceptions. We have agreed to indemnify Apollo and the management members (to the extent they are selling stockholders in any such registration) against losses suffered by them in connection with any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, except insofar as the same may be caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to us by such selling holder for use therein.

The Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement was negotiated among management, us and Apollo, and we believe it is on arm’s-length terms.

Director Independence

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance rules. Under NYSE corporate governance rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

the requirement that we have a nominating/governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/governance and compensation committees.

We utilize the exemptions from NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the foregoing. As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating/governance and compensation committees do not consist entirely of independent directors, and we are not required to have an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/governance and compensation committees. Nonetheless, our Board of Directors has determined that three of our seven directors — Messrs. Baldwin, Powers and Slaven — are independent under the NYSE’s listing standards. In making this determination, our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that each of these directors meets the objective criteria for independence set forth by the NYSE, as well as the additional independence requirements imposed by the SEC for audit committee members which are incorporated into the NYSE’s listing standards, and that none of them has any relationship, direct or indirect, to us other than as stockholders or through their service as directors.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Pursuant to the Audit Committee’s charter, to help ensure the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, all auditing services, internal control-related services and permitted non-audit services (including the terms thereof) to be performed for Metals USA Holdings by its independent registered public accounting firm must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit. The Audit Committee may delegate to a subcommittee of its members the authority to grant the required approvals, provided that any exercise of such authority by the subcommittee is presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

The Audit Committee approved and retained Deloitte & Touche LLP to audit our consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting for 2011 and provide other auditing and advisory services in 2011. The Audit Committee reviewed all non-audit services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP in 2011 and concluded that the provision of such services was compatible with maintaining Deloitte & Touche LLP’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

The table below sets forth the aggregate fees billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, and their respective affiliates for audit and non-audit services provided to us and our subsidiaries in 2011 and 2010.

 

Fees

   Fiscal Year  Ended
December 31, 2011
     Fiscal Year  Ended
December 31, 2010
 

Audit Fees

   $ 2,296,500       $ 1,237,200   

Audit Related Fees

     —           138,000   

Tax Fees

     18,290         174,144   

All Other Fees

     —           376,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,314,790       $ 1,925,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Audit Fees. In the above table, in accordance with the SEC’s definitions and rules, “audit fees” are fees for professional services for the audit of our consolidated financial statements, audit of internal control over financial reporting, for the review of documents filed with the SEC, and for services that are normally provided by the

 

111


Table of Contents

accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. For 2011 and 2010, the audit fees in the above table are the aggregate fees billed to us and our subsidiaries by Deloitte & Touche LLP for auditing financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, and reviewing interim financial statements included in our and our subsidiaries’ annual and quarterly reports.

Audit-Related Fees. This category of the table above includes the fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

Tax Fees. “Tax fees” are fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. “All other fees” are all fees not included in the above three categories.

The Audit Committee has considered whether the services rendered by the independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the fees described above are compatible with maintaining their independence and has concluded that such services do not impair their independence.

 

112


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) (1) Financial Statements:

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     52   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     53   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     54   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income

     55   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     56   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     57   

         (2) Financial Statement Schedules:

  

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant at December  31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     114   

All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not significant or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto or is not applicable.

(b) Exhibits

Reference is made to the Index of Exhibits immediately preceding the exhibits hereto (beginning on page 96), which index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

113


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

BALANCE SHEETS (Unconsolidated)

(in millions, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Assets

     

Current Assets:

     

Cash

   $ 6.2       $ 1.3   

Receivable from subsidiaries

     10.2         9.6   

Income taxes receivable

     —           1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     16.4         12.0   

Note receivable from Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation

     47.0         47.0   

Investment in Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation

     220.7         158.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     $284.1         $217.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accrued liabilities

     1.0         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1.0         —     

Deferred income tax liability

     26.0         26.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     27.0         26.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —           —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, 37,059,236 issued and 37,058,507 outstanding at December 31, 2011, and 37,024,842 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

     0.4         0.4   

Additional paid-in capital

     231.3         229.8   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     25.1         (39.5

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     0.3         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     257.1         191.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 284.1       $ 217.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unconsolidated)

(in millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  

Interest and other income, net

   $ 5.6       $ 1.7      $ 0.1   

Interest expense

     —           3.5        18.6   

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

     —           3.5        (78.5

Equity of earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

     61.2         14.9        (35.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     66.8         9.6        24.3   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     2.2         (1.9     20.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 64.6       $ 11.5      $ 3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unconsolidated)

(in millions)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 64.6      $ 11.5      $ 3.5   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

     (61.2     (14.9     35.7   

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     —          3.5        (78.5

Amortization of bond discounts and debt issuance costs

     —          0.1        1.6   

Deferred income taxes

     —          (1.9     27.9   

Non-cash interest on PIK option

     —          6.2        21.0   

Cash payment of interest on PIK option

     —          (23.2     —     

Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable and other assets

     1.1        2.7        (5.2

Increase in payable to subsidiaries

     —          —          0.5   

Increase in receivable from subsidiaries

     (0.6     (9.6     —     

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1.0        (4.5     (5.1

Other operating

     —          3.4        (6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

     4.9        (26.7     (5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayments of Senior Unsecured Notes

     —          (146.7     (70.3

Exercise of stock options

     —          —          2.7   

Net proceeds from initial public stock offering

     —          221.2        —     

Advances to subsidiary

     —          (47.0     —     

Other financing

     —          —          (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     —          27.5        (68.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     4.9        0.8        (73.2

Cash, beginning of period

     1.3        0.5        73.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

   $ 6.2      $ 1.3      $ 0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

1. Investment in Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation

On May 18, 2005, Metals USA Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Metals USA Holdings”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Flag Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Flag Acquisition”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Metals USA, Inc. (“Metals USA”). On November 30, 2005, Flag Acquisition, then a wholly owned subsidiary of Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation (“Flag Intermediate”), merged with and into Metals USA with Metals USA being the surviving corporation (the “Merger”).

2. Debt

Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012

On July 10, 2007, Metals USA Holdings issued $300.0 initial aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012 (the “2007 Notes”).

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings called for redemption of all of its remaining outstanding 2007 Notes, representing an aggregate principal amount of approximately $169.6 as of the date thereof. The redemption price of the 2007 Notes was 100% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but not including May 14, 2010 (the “Redemption Date”). All of the 2007 Notes were redeemed on the Redemption Date. The Company did not incur any early termination penalties in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from its initial public offering of common stock (the “IPO”), as described more fully in Note 3 below, to finance the redemption. The aggregate cash payment for the redemption, including accrued and unpaid interest, was approximately $170.9. During the second quarter of 2010, $1.1 and $2.4 of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount, respectively, were written off and charged to expense in connection with the redemption of the 2007 Notes.

3. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue 140,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value. At December 31, 2011, 37,059,236 shares were issued and 37,058,507 shares were outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Also in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Metals USA Holdings is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. At December 31, 2011, no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Treasury Stock

At December 31, 2011, 729 shares of the Company’s common stock were held as treasury stock at a cost of $15.01 per share. All such shares were used to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations for certain participants upon vesting of restricted stock awards.

 

117


Table of Contents

Stock Split and Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

On March 19, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1.7431-for-1 split of the Company’s common stock. The split was effected as a stock dividend on April 5, 2010. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as presented herein give retroactive effect to the stock split. In addition, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of common stock from 30,000,000 to 140,000,000, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Our stockholders approved the amended and restated certificate of incorporation on March 19, 2010.

Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

On April 14, 2010, Metals USA Holdings completed its IPO of 11,426,315 shares of its common stock at $21.00 per share, as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-150999). As a result of the offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $221.2, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $14.7 and additional offering-related expenses of approximately $4.1.

 

118


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 14, 2012.

 

METALS USA HOLDINGS CORP.

By:

 

/S/    C. LOURENCO GONCALVES        

 

C. Lourenco Goncalves,

Chairman of the Board,

Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    C. LOURENCO GONCALVES        

C. Lourenco Goncalves

  

Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    M. ALI RASHID        

M. Ali Rashid

   Director

/S/    ERIC L. PRESS        

Eric L. Press

   Director

/S/    MATTHEW R. MICHELINI        

Matthew R. Michelini

   Director

/S/    JOHN T. BALDWIN        

John T. Baldwin

   Director

/S/    MARK A. SLAVEN        

Mark A. Slaven

   Director

/S/    LARRY K. POWERS        

Larry K. Powers

   Director

/S/    ROBERT C. MCPHERSON, III        

Robert C. McPherson, III

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/    DANIEL L. HENNEKE        

Daniel L. Henneke

  

Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

119


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 18, 2005 between Metals USA, Inc., Flag Acquisition Corporation and Flag Intermediate Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Metals USA Holdings Corp. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2010)
3.2    Bylaws of Metals USA Holdings Corp. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Form S-1/A on March 19, 2010)
4.1*    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2007, by and among Metals USA Holding Corp. and UBS Securities LLC
10.1    Indenture, dated November 30, 2005, by and among Metals USA, Inc. (formerly Flag Acquisition Corporation), Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee and Notes Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
10.2    Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 30, 2005, among Metals USA, Inc., Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
10.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2006, among MUSA Newark, LLC, Metals USA, Inc., Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
10.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2006, among Metals USA International Holdings, Inc., Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.11 to Amendment No. 3 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on August 1, 2006)
10.5    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010, among each of the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation, Metals USA, Inc. (formerly Flag Acquisition Corporation) and certain Subsidiaries of Metals USA, Inc. party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2010)
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated September 13, 2010, between Metals USA Holdings Corp. and C. Lourenco Goncalves (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Form 8-K filed on September 16, 2010)
10.7    Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2005, between Metals USA, Inc. and Robert C. McPherson, III (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
10.8    Severance Agreement, dated September 29, 2005, between Metals USA, Inc. and Roger Krohn (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)
10.9    Severance Agreement, dated September 29, 2005, between Metals USA, Inc. and David Martens (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 31, 2006)

 

120


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.10   Management Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Flag Intermediate Holdings Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 333-132918) filed on March 12, 2007)
10.11   2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Form S-1/A filed on March 19, 2010)
10.12   Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, between Metals USA Holdings Corp. and Apollo Management V, L.P. and its Affiliates (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
12.1#   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1#   List of Subsidiaries of Metals USA Holdings Corp.
23.1#   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1#   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Metals USA Holdings Corp., dated March 14, 2012, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2#   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Metals USA Holdings Corp., dated March 14, 2012, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1#   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Metals USA Holdings Corp., dated March 14, 2012, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2#   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Metals USA Holdings Corp., dated March 14, 2012, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS**   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

* incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Metals USA Holdings Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed September 19, 2007
** pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability
# filed herewith

 

121